format: text

text:
# General Superfield Quantization Method. III. Construction of Quantization Scheme

## I Introduction

Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations for general superfield theory of fields (GSTF) formulated in papers  directly appear by the basis for creation of GSQM rules for gauge theories in Lagrangian (in the usual sense) formalism generalizing in a natural way the rules for BV quantization method  in the superfield form. In this case a procedure for GSQM is realized for irreducible superfield (on $`\theta `$) gauge model in the Hamiltonian (or not always equivalently in Lagrangian) formulation for GSTF. The last as it had been noticed in  contains the all information, among them, on an usual (relativistic) field theory model. Not repeating the motivations for creation of GSTF and GSQM stated in detail in  let us point out that by the paper’s aim is the construction of complete and noncontradictory rules for GSQM in the Lagrangian formalism in the framework of GSTF.

In Sec.II having partially preparatory nature it is considered an algorithm, connected with gauge invariance, of extension of the supermanifold $`_{cl}`$ and superalgebras defined on $`_{cl}`$ including operatorial ones.

Group-theoretic construction of the ghost number concept is realized in Sec.III. Sec.IV is devoted to formulation of a GSQM generating equation in a minimal sector $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$ together with its consequences. In the next section the analogous problems are solved in an extended sector of supervariables $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$ together with analysis of possible representations for master equations induced by transformations of the operators from superalgebras $`𝓑_{𝒎𝒊𝒏}`$ and $`𝓑_{𝒆𝒙𝒕}`$. Quantum master equation as a deformation of GSQM classical master equation in $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$ in powers of $`\mathrm{}`$ is formulated in Sec.VI. Here it is considered its properties and another BV similar quantum (in the sense of deformation on $`\mathrm{}`$) master equation and its consequences as well.

In Sec.VII a so-called global nontrivial arbitrariness in a choice of solutions of above-mentioned variants for master equations is defined.

The deformation procedure in powers of superfields $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{p}(\theta )`$ for quantum master equations from Sec.VI with superfunction $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ and derivation of their consequences are fulfilled in Sec.VIII. The concept of a trivial global arbitrariness in a choice of solutions of master equations in $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$ is introduced here as well.

The problem of gauge fixing associated with a choice of the required Lagrangian surface in $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$, a restriction of the master equation solution on which possesses by nondegenerate supermatrix of the 2nd partial superfield derivatives with respect to superfields parametrizing this surface, is carefully considered in Sec.IX by means of arbitrariness operation in solutions and phase anticanonical transformation. The same procedure is solved for GSTF model satisfying both to GSQM and BV similar master equations in $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$.

By one of the most main objects of the paper it appears the functional integral of superfunctions whose definition and properties are examined in Sec.X. All generating functionals (superfunctions) of Green’s (super)functions $`Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),J^{}(\theta ))`$, $`W(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),J^{}(\theta ))`$ and effective action $`𝚪(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ being intensively used in the quantum gauge fields theory are introduced. Properties of these superfunctions including Ward identities are established.

Component (on $`\theta `$) formulation for GSQM rules is proposed in Sec.XI. The interconnection of GSQM with BV method  and superfield Lagrangian quantization of the work  is entirely discovered in Sec.XII.

The application of general scheme of GSQM rules is demonstrated in Sec.XIII on 6 GSTF models considered for the first time in Refs. in the framework of Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations for GSTF. These examples describe free and interacting massive complex spinless scalar superfields, massive spinor superfields of spin $`\frac{1}{2}`$ and free massless and massive vector superfields for arbitrary $`D2`$ and represent the basic field-theoretic models for construction, for instance, interacting superfield (on $`\theta `$) (non-)Abelian Yang-Mills type theories not having the analogs in usual relativistic gauge fields theories on a basis of the gauge principle  realization.

At last, in conclusion it is summarized to the definite results of the work. The all assumptions in the framework of which the paper is made in fact had been pointed out in the introduction of Ref..

In paper it is used unless otherwise stated the system of notations suggested in work . In particular all derivatives including superfield variational, partial superfield and component variational (in the usual sense) with respect to superantifields $`\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta )`$ and their components are understood as left and corresponding ones with respect to superfields $`\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{A}(\theta )`$ and their components as right according to failure to mention. In opposite case the signs $`\mathrm{"}l\mathrm{"}`$ for the latter derivatives and $`\mathrm{"}r\mathrm{"}`$ for former ones (for instance, $`{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}`$, $`{\displaystyle \frac{\delta _r}{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}`$) are added.

## II Extension of $`_{cl}`$ Induced by Gauge Invariance

By the principal problem in quantum theory of gauge fields one appears the construction of the generating functional of Green’s functions for gauge theory of general type (GThGT) or for one of special type (GThST) in the Lagrangian  and Hamiltonian  formulations for GSTF belonging both to the I class theories and to the II class ones. In Hamiltonian formalism that theory is defined by superfunction $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )`$ belonging to $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{cl}\times \{\theta \})`$, $`k\mathrm{}`$ being by superalgebra of $`k`$-times differentiable superfunctions given on the extended by coordinate $`\theta `$ supermanifold $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}\times \{\theta \}`$ with coordinates $`\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )`$=$`(𝒜^ı(\theta ),𝒜_ı^{}(\theta ))`$, $`\theta `$ ($`p=1,\mathrm{},2n,ı=1,\mathrm{},n=(n_+,n_{})`$) appearing by classical superfields, superantifields and odd time respectively with following values of the Grassmann parities $`\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon `$ $`(\epsilon `$ = $`\epsilon _P`$ \+ $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}})`$

$$(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )𝒜^ı(\theta )=(0,\epsilon _ı,\epsilon _ı),(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )=(1,\epsilon _ı,\epsilon _ı+1),(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\theta =(1,0,1).$$

$`𝒜^ı(\theta ),𝒜_ı^{}(\theta ))`$ are the elements of Berezin superalgebra $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$, $`𝐊`$ = ($`𝐑`$ or $`𝐂`$) defined on superalgebra $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$ . Both superalgebras consist of elements being transformed with respect to superfield (ir)reducible representations of supergroup $`J=\overline{J}\times P`$ with one-parametric supergroup $`P`$ corresponding to nilpotent variable $`\theta `$. The superfield representation $`T`$ of supergroup $`J`$ is given on the superalgebra $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$ . In its turn elements from $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$ appear by superfunctions on $`=\stackrel{~}{}\times \stackrel{~}{P}`$ parametrized by coordinates $`(z^a,\theta )`$, $`z^a\stackrel{~}{}`$, where $`\stackrel{~}{}`$ may be by usual quotient space of supergroup $`\overline{J}`$ over its subsupergroup $`\overline{J}_{\stackrel{~}{A}}`$ being by a some set of the internal automorphisms for $`\overline{J}`$ .

As it had been shown in  one can choose, in particular case, $`\overline{J}`$ in the form of Poincare supergroup acting on the superspace

$`\stackrel{~}{}=𝐑^{1,D1Nc},c=2^{[D/2]},z^a=(x^\mu ,\theta ^{Aj}),A=1,\mathrm{},2^{[D/2]},j=\overline{1,N},`$ (2.1)
where $`D=dim𝐑^{1,D1}`$ is the dimension of Minkowski space, $`N`$ is the number of supersymmetries, $`x^\mu `$ and $`\theta ^{Aj}`$ denote the Lorentz vector and spinor coordinates on $`\stackrel{~}{}`$. In the writing $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$ the signs $`D`$, $`Nc`$ and 1 denote the number of even with respect to $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$, $`\epsilon `$ gradings, odd ($`Nc`$) with respect to $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$, $`\epsilon `$ gradings generating elements $`z^a`$ and odd with respect to $`\epsilon _P`$, $`\epsilon `$ generating element $`\theta `$ .

The fact of belonging of a GThGT (GThST) with $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )`$ to the I class theories  means a possibility of fulfilment for this model, defined in Hamiltonian formulation of GSTF, of the following equation (on solutions $`{}_{}{}^{1}\overline{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{p}(\theta )`$ for Hamiltonian systems (HS) of corresponding different types) written with help of antibracket

$`(S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta ),S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta ))_{\theta }^{}{}_{{}_{}{}^{1}\overline{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}{}^{}=0.`$ (2.2)
Belonging of a superfield (on $`\theta `$) model to the II class theories means the necessary fulfilment of Eq.(2.2) in the whole $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ for any configuration $`\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )`$. Moreover, the superfunction $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ does not explicitly depend upon $`\theta `$ in the last case.

Generalized Hamiltonian system (GHS) describing dynamics in $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}\times \{\theta \}`$ at least for the I class theories contains the so-called generalized constraints in Hamiltonian formalism (GCHF) $`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )`$ in addition to one’s own HS . GCHF restrict possible solutions of HS subsystem in GHS. In realizing of the condition

$`\mathrm{deg}_{𝒜^{}(\theta )}\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )=0`$ (2.3)
GCHF appear by holonomic constraints in Hamiltonian formalism (HCHF) . In the Lagrangian formalism the role being analogous to GCHF (HCHF) plays the differential constraints in Lagrangian formalism (DCLF) (holonomic constraints in Lagrangian formalism (HCLF) being singled out by the relation in brackets)

$$\mathrm{\Theta }_ı(𝒜(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta ),\theta )=\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )_{\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )}=0(\mathrm{deg}_{\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta )}\mathrm{\Theta }_ı(𝒜(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta ),\theta )=0).$$

DCLF above are expressed through constraints in Hamiltonian formalism via Legendre transform of superfunction $`S_L(\theta )`$ $`S_L(𝒜(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta ),\theta )`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}_{cl}\times \{\theta \})`$ with respect to odd velocities $`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{ı}(\theta )`$ under assumption of invertibility for supermatrix of the 2nd partial superfield derivatives of $`S_L(\theta )`$ with respect to superfields $`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{ı}(\theta )`$ . From basic theorems of papers  analyzing the problems of functional independence of DCLF (HCLF) and GCHF (HCHF) it follows, that among them the identities may exist whose number is equal to $`m=(m_+,m_{}),\mathrm{\hspace{0.33em}0}m<n`$.

It is the presence of above identities serves in general by obstacle to construct the generating functional of Green’s functions in the Lagrangian formalism (in the usual sense) without violation of locality and covariance with respect to indices of representation $`T`$ restriction onto subsupergroup $`\overline{J}`$: $`T_{|\overline{J}}`$.

In order to pass over the above obstacle it is necessary to extend the supermanifold $`_{cl}`$ of superfields $`𝒜^ı(\theta )`$ and therefore $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ by additional supervariables, for instance, by analogy with BV method . The latter means that GThGT (GThST) in Hamiltonian formulation for GSTF belonging to the I class with superfunction $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )`$ restricted from $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}\times \{\theta \}`$ to $`_{cl}`$ must be continued to superfunction $`\stackrel{~}{S}_H(\theta )`$ defined on the type $`\mathrm{"}T_{odd}^{}_{cl}\mathrm{"}`$ supermanifold with additional coordinates and belonging already at least for $`\mathrm{}=0`$ to the II class GThGT.

Thus, by the central feature of the quantization procedure itself are a generating equation of the form (2.2) for arbitrary configuration of the superfields (coordinates) of extended supermanifold (for $`\mathrm{}=0`$) being considered for $`\stackrel{~}{S}_H(\theta )`$. In correspondence with Statement 5.4 from Ref. the corresponding HS is built with respect to the solution $`\stackrel{~}{S}_H(\theta )`$ of the last equation, so that $`\stackrel{~}{S}_H(\theta )`$ is its integral. In this case $`\stackrel{~}{S}_H(\theta )`$ must satisfy according to Statement 5.3  to condition to be ”proper”. It means the rank value for supermatrix of the 2nd partial superfield derivatives of $`\stackrel{~}{S}_H(\theta )`$ with respect to coordinates of $`\mathrm{"}T_{odd}^{}_{cl}\mathrm{"}`$ type supermanifold calculated on the special supersurface is equal to half of the above supermanifold special dimension. As a result the problem announced in beginning of the section may be practically decided with use of $`\stackrel{~}{S}_H(\theta )`$ in the extended space.

Not opening of explicit geometric matter of the extension procedure for $`_{cl}`$ and $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ (in fact using the smooth vector bundles theory on the basis of supermathematics) let us present the functional-differential way for continuation of $`_{cl}`$ being based on a certain interpretation of gauge transformations of general type (GTGT) and ones of special type (GTST) in Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations for GSTF . These transformations defined in corresponding supermanifolds in infinitesimal form  are given by the formulae

$`1)`$ $`𝒜^ı(\theta )𝒜^ı(\theta )=𝒜^ı(\theta )+\delta _g𝒜^ı(\theta );\delta _g𝒜^ı(\theta )={\displaystyle }d\theta ^{}\widehat{}_\alpha ^ı(𝒜(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta ),\theta ;\theta ^{})\xi ^\alpha (\theta ^{});`$ (2.4)
$`2)`$ $`𝒜^ı(\theta )𝒜^ı(\theta )=𝒜^ı(\theta )+\delta 𝒜^ı(\theta );\delta 𝒜^ı(\theta )=_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )\xi _0^\alpha (\theta );`$ (2.5)
$`3)`$ $`(\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ),D^ı(\theta ))(\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ),D^ı(\theta )+\delta D^ı(\theta ));\delta D^ı(\theta )={\displaystyle 𝑑\theta ^{}\widehat{}_{H\alpha }^ı(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta ;\theta ^{})\xi ^\alpha (\theta ^{})};`$ (2.6)
$`4)`$ $`𝒜^ı(\theta )𝒜^ı(\theta )=𝒜^ı(\theta )+\delta 𝒜^ı(\theta );\delta 𝒜^ı(\theta )=_{H\alpha }^ı(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )`$ (2.7)
with arbitrary superfunctions $`\xi ^\alpha (\theta ^{})`$, $`\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )`$, $`\alpha =1,\mathrm{},m`$.

The generators of GTGT (GGTGT) $`\widehat{}_\alpha ^ı(𝒜(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta ),\theta ;\theta ^{})`$ in Lagrangian and GGTGT $`\widehat{}_{H\alpha }^ı(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta ;\theta ^{})`$ in Hamiltonian formulations for GSTF have local on $`\theta `$ representation in fact connecting them with GGTST $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$ and $`_{H\alpha }^ı(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$ by means of the relations

$`\widehat{}_\alpha ^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})\widehat{}_\alpha ^ı(𝒜(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta ),\theta ;\theta ^{})={\displaystyle \underset{k=0}{\overset{1}{}}}\left(\left({\displaystyle \frac{d}{d\theta }}\right)^k\delta (\theta \theta ^{})\right)\widehat{}_k{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta ),\theta ),`$ (2.8)
$`\widehat{}_{H\alpha }^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})\widehat{}_{H\alpha }^ı(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta ;\theta ^{})={\displaystyle \underset{k=0}{\overset{1}{}}}\left(\left({\displaystyle \frac{d}{d\theta }}\right)^k\delta (\theta \theta ^{})\right)_{Hk\alpha }^ı(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta ).`$ (2.9)
Let us remind that GGTST in (2.5), (2.7) one can consider by coinciding just as $`\widehat{}_\alpha ^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})`$, $`\widehat{}_{H\alpha }^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})`$ after substitution into formers the superfields $`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{ı}(\theta )`$ expressed through $`\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )`$, $`\theta `$ as a result of transition from Lagrangian formulation for GSTF to Hamiltonian one  (at least $`_{H\alpha }^ı(\theta )`$ and $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(\theta )`$, $`\widehat{}_\alpha ^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})`$ and $`\widehat{}_{H\alpha }^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})`$ are connected by corresponding equivalence transformations after their expression in a some definite formulation for GSTF).

Grassmann parities for GGTGT, GGTST, superfields $`\xi ^\alpha (\theta ^{})`$, $`\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )`$, $`D^ı(\theta )`$ (being auxiliary Lagrange multipliers for GCHF) are defined by means of the table

$`\begin{array}{ccccccccc}& \widehat{}_\alpha ^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})& \widehat{}_{H\alpha }^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})& \widehat{}_k{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(\theta )& _{Hk\alpha }^ı(\theta )& \xi ^\alpha (\theta ^{})& \xi _0^\alpha (\theta )& D^ı(\theta )& \\ \epsilon _P\hfill & 1& 1& \delta _{1k}& \delta _{1k}& 0& 0& 0& \\ \epsilon _{\overline{J}}\hfill & \epsilon _ı+\epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _ı+\epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _ı+\epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _ı+\epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _ı& \\ \epsilon \hfill & \epsilon _ı+\epsilon _\alpha +1& \epsilon _ı+\epsilon _\alpha +1& \epsilon _ı+\epsilon _\alpha +\delta _{1k}& \epsilon _ı+\epsilon _\alpha +\delta _{1k}& \epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _ı& .\hfill \end{array}`$ (2.14)
GTGT (2.4), (2.6) are the transformations of invariance for superfunctionals respectively

$`Z[𝒜]={\displaystyle 𝑑\theta S_L(\theta )},`$ (2.15)
$`Z_H^{(1)}[\mathrm{\Gamma },D]={\displaystyle }d\theta (\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{ı}(\theta )𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )+D^ı(\theta )\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )),`$ (2.16)
whereas the only superfunction $`S(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$ from Corollary 2.2 of the Theorem 2 from Ref. in Lagrangian formulation for GSTF (equivalently from Corollary 1.2 of the Theorem 1 from Ref. in Hamiltonian one) is invariant with respect to GTST (2.5), (2.7). $`S(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$ appears by the potential term in the almost natural system determined in both formulations by superfunctions $`S_L(\theta )`$ and $`S_H(\theta )`$ respectively

$`S_L(𝒜(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta ),\theta )=T(𝒜(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta ))S(𝒜(\theta ),\theta ),`$ (2.17)
$`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )=(\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{ı}(\theta )𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )S_L(𝒜(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta ),\theta ))_{\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{𝒜}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\theta )}=T(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))+S(𝒜(\theta ),\theta ).`$ (2.18)
The invariance of the superfunctionals (2.11), (2.12) and $`S(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$ with respect to GTGT (2.4), (2.6) and GTST (2.5) or (2.7) respectively is expressed in the presence of the corresponding identities

$`{\displaystyle }d\theta {\displaystyle \frac{\delta _rZ[𝒜]}{\delta 𝒜^ı(\theta )}}\widehat{}_\alpha ^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})=0,{\displaystyle }d\theta {\displaystyle \frac{\delta _rZ_H^{(1)}[\mathrm{\Gamma },D]}{\delta D^ı(\theta )}}\widehat{}_{H\alpha }^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})=0,S,_ı(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(\theta )=0.`$ (2.19)
At last, it should be noted that sets of generators $`\widehat{}_{H\alpha }^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})`$, $`\widehat{}_{H\alpha }^ı(\theta ;\theta ^{})`$, $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$ are complete and functionally (for $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$ linearly) independent correspondingly .

Further interpretation of GTST (2.5), (2.7) consists in change in the indicated formulae of arbitrary superfields $`\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )`$ $``$ $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$ onto new arbitrary superfunctions being by a standard set of ghost superfields $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$ $``$ $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$ by the formal rule

$`\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )=C^\alpha (\theta )\nu ,\nu {}_{}{}^{1}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{1}^{}(\theta ).`$ (2.20)
Grassmann gradings for $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$ and their derivatives $`\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$ are determined from ones for $`\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )`$ (2.10) and $`\nu `$ ($`(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\nu =(1,0,1)`$)

$`(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )C^\alpha (\theta )=(\epsilon _P(\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ))+1,\epsilon _{\overline{J}}(\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )),\epsilon (\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ))+1)=(1,\epsilon _\alpha ,\epsilon _\alpha +1).`$ (2.21)
Represent the variations of superfields $`𝒜^ı(\theta )`$ in (2.5), (2.7) in the form of differentials formally having written to this end in these formulae instead of arbitrary superfields $`\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )`$ the differentials of arbitrary ones $`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_0^\alpha (\theta )`$ $``$ $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$. For instance, for (2.7) we have

$`d𝒜^ı(\theta )=_{H\alpha }^ı(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )d\stackrel{~}{\xi }_0^\alpha (\theta ),\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )=d\stackrel{~}{\xi }_0^\alpha (\theta ).`$ (2.22)
In its turn, express the differentials $`d\stackrel{~}{\xi }_0^\alpha (\theta )`$ themselves according to formula (2.16) in the form

$`d\stackrel{~}{\xi }_0^\alpha (\theta )=C^\alpha (\theta )d\theta .`$ (2.23)
It follows from (2.18), (2.19) that variations of $`𝒜^ı(\theta )`$ (2.5), (2.7) may be represented as the 1st order system of differential equations with respect to derivatives on $`\theta `$ in the normal form respectively

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r𝒜^ı(\theta )}{d\theta }}=_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )C^\alpha (\theta ),_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )\widehat{}_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta ),`$ (2.24)
$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r𝒜^ı(\theta )}{d\theta }}=_{H\alpha }^ı(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )C^\alpha (\theta ),_{H\alpha }^ı(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )=\widehat{}_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta ).`$ (2.25)
The transformation for the GTGT (2.4), (2.6) being analogous to the above procedure for GTST realized in (2.16), (2.18)–(2.21) is impossible without principal change of the initial supergroup $`J`$, superspace $``$, superalgebras $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$, $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$ structure by means of the extension of subsupergroup $`P`$, subsuperspace $`\stackrel{~}{P}`$ to corresponding two-parametric sets with help of additional to $`\theta `$ Grassmann coordinate $`\theta ^{(1)}`$ ($`(\theta ^{(1)})^2=0`$). Leaving the exact algorithm construction for the interpretation of GTGT (2.4), (2.6) out the paper’s scope I only note that in formulae (2.4), (2.6) it is necessary to change the all superfields $`(𝒜^ı(\theta ),𝒜_ı^{}(\theta ),\xi ^\alpha (\theta ))`$ onto ones depending upon two-dimensional odd time $`(\theta ,\theta ^{(1)})`$: $`(\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ,\theta ^{(1)}),\xi ^\alpha (\theta ,\theta ^{(1)}))`$.

Relationship (2.16) realizes in the formula form a projection on the 1st argument of the following mapping image

$`\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )(C^\alpha (\theta ),\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ),B^\alpha (\theta )),`$ (2.26)
in which the new arbitrary superfunctions being by standard sets of antighost $`\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$ and auxiliary $`B^\alpha (\theta )`$ superfields ($`\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$, $`B^\alpha (\theta )`$ $``$ $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$)  are associated to arbitrary superfields $`\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )`$ in addition to $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$. The table of Grassmann parities for additional superfields and their derivatives $`\stackrel{}{\overline{C}}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{B}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$ is written down in the form

$`\begin{array}{cccccc}& \overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )& B^\alpha (\theta )& \stackrel{}{\overline{C}}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )& \stackrel{}{B}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )& \\ \epsilon _P\hfill & 1& 0& 0& 1& \\ \epsilon _{\overline{J}}\hfill & \epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _\alpha & \\ \epsilon \hfill & \epsilon _\alpha +1& \epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _\alpha & \epsilon _\alpha +1& .\hfill \end{array}`$ (2.31)
Let us designate the joint sets composed from superfields $`\{𝒜^ı(\theta )`$, $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$, $`\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$, $`B^\alpha (\theta )\}`$ for coinciding continual components of indices $`ı,\alpha `$ through composite superfields correspondingly

$`\mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta )(𝒜^ı(\theta ),C^\alpha (\theta )),A=(ı,\alpha ),[A]=n+m,`$ (2.32a)
$`\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )(\mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{aux}^C(\theta ))(\mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta ),\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ),B^\alpha (\theta ))(𝒜^ı(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{add}^D(\theta )),`$
$`B=(ı,\alpha ,\alpha ,\alpha )(A,C)(ı,D),[B]=n+3m,[C]=2m,[D]=3m.`$ (2.24)
Composite superfields $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{aux}^C(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{add}^D(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )`$ parametrize the sets (in changing of $`𝒜^ı(\theta )`$, $`\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )`$ according to (2.16), (2.22) the superfields $`\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )`$ are changed as well) having the complicated geometric-differential structure (in what follows formally, without explicit definitions and descriptions being called, in general, by supermanifolds(!)) and being designated correspondingly

$`_{min}=\{\mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta )|𝒜^ı(\theta )_{cl},C^\alpha (\theta )_C\},`$ (2.25a)
$`_{aux}=\{\mathrm{\Phi }_{aux}^C(\theta )|\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )_{\overline{C}},B^\alpha (\theta )_B\},`$ (2.25b)
$`_{add}=\{\mathrm{\Phi }_{add}^D(\theta )|C^\alpha (\theta )_C,\mathrm{\Phi }_{aux}^C(\theta )_{aux}\},`$ (2.25c)
$`_{(min,\overline{C})}=\{(\mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta ),\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ))|\mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta )_{min},\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )_{\overline{C}}\},`$ (2.25d)
$`_{ext}=\{\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )|\mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta )_{min},\mathrm{\Phi }_{aux}^C(\theta )_{aux}\},`$ (2.25e)
where $`_t,t\{C,\overline{C},B\}`$ are the sets parametrized by $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$, $`\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$, $`B^\alpha (\theta )`$ respectively.

The Grassmann gradings of the composite superfields (2.24) according to (2.17), (2.23) are defined by the formulae

$`\begin{array}{cccccc}& \mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta )& \mathrm{\Phi }_{aux}^C(\theta )& \mathrm{\Phi }_{add}^D(\theta )& \mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )& \\ \epsilon _P\hfill & (\epsilon _P)_A& (\epsilon _P)_C& (\epsilon _P)_D& (\epsilon _P)_B& \\ \epsilon _{\overline{J}}\hfill & (\epsilon _{\overline{J}})_A& (\epsilon _{\overline{J}})_C& (\epsilon _{\overline{J}})_D& (\epsilon _{\overline{J}})_B& \\ \epsilon \hfill & \epsilon _A& \epsilon _C& \epsilon _D& \epsilon _B& ,\hfill \end{array}`$ (2.30)
$`\epsilon _A(\epsilon _ı,\epsilon _\alpha +1),\epsilon _C(\epsilon _\alpha +1,\epsilon _\alpha ),\epsilon _D(\epsilon _ı,\epsilon _C),\epsilon _B(\epsilon _ı,\epsilon _D)(\epsilon _A,\epsilon _C).`$ (2.26b)
The derivatives on $`\theta `$ of superfields (2.24) $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{min}{}^{A}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{aux}{}^{C}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{add}{}^{D}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{B}(\theta )`$ possess by shifted (on 1) $`\epsilon _P`$, $`\epsilon `$ gradings.

Just as $`T_{odd}_{cl}`$  the supermanifolds $`T_{odd}_t`$, $`t\{C,\overline{C},B\}`$ are formally introduced, parametrized by pairs of superfields ($`t^\alpha (\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{t}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$) respectively. As a consequence of $`T_{odd}_t`$ construction above the following supermanifolds are defined as well

$`T_{odd}_s,s\{min,aux,(min,\overline{C}),add,ext\},`$ (2.27)
parametrized by coordinates $`(\mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{min}{}^{A}(\theta ))`$, $`(\mathrm{\Phi }_{aux}^C(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{aux}{}^{C}(\theta ))`$, $`(\mathrm{\Phi }_{(min,\overline{C})}^{(A,\alpha )}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{(min,\overline{C})}{}^{(A,\alpha )}(\theta ))`$, $`(\mathrm{\Phi }_{add}^D(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{add}{}^{D}(\theta ))`$, $`(\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{B}(\theta ))`$ respectively. By analogy with juxtaposition to any $`𝒜^ı(\theta )`$ of $`𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )`$ let us associate with any superfield from $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{add}^D(\theta )`$ the following superantifields

$`\mathrm{\Phi }_{Dadd}^{}(\theta )=(C_\alpha ^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{Caux}^{}(\theta ))=(C_\alpha ^{}(\theta ),\overline{C}{}_{\alpha }{}^{}(\theta ),B_\alpha ^{}(\theta )),`$ (2.28a)
$`\mathrm{\Phi }_{Amin}^{}(\theta )=(𝒜_ı^{}(\theta ),C_\alpha ^{}(\theta )),\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta )=(\mathrm{\Phi }_{Amin}^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{Caux}^{}(\theta ))=(𝒜_ı^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{Dadd}^{}(\theta )).`$ (2.28b)
Let us formally define the supermanifolds $`T_{odd}^{}_t`$, $`t\{C,\overline{C},B\}`$ by the relationships

$`T_{odd}^{}_t=\{(t^\alpha (\theta ),t_\alpha ^{}(\theta ))|t^\alpha (\theta )_t\},t\{C,\overline{C},B\}.`$ (2.29)
Objects $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_{aux}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_{add}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_{(min,\overline{C})}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$ are formally determined from relations (2.29) analogously to (2.27) with corresponding parametrization.

At last, one can define the supermanifolds of the form

$`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s),sC_0=\{C,\overline{C},B,min,aux,add,(min,\overline{c}),ext\},`$ (2.30)
parametrized by superfields $`(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{A_s}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A_s,s}{}^{}(\theta ))`$, $`A_s`$ = $`\alpha `$, $`\alpha `$, $`\alpha `$, $`A`$, $`C`$, $`D`$, $`(A,\alpha )`$, $`B`$ for $`s`$ being by the corresponding element from ordered set $`C_0`$ in (2.30). Introduce on $`T_{odd}^{}_s`$ the local coordinates which ignore the superfield-superantifield structure

$`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )=(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )),p_s=1,\mathrm{},2[A_s],sC_0.`$ (2.31)
Sets of the pairs $`(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta ))`$ appear by the coordinates on $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ according to (2.31). Because the superfields $`(𝒜^ı(\theta ),𝒜_ı^{}(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}^p(\theta )`$ are transformed with respect to supergroup $`J`$ superfield representation $`TT^{}`$ $``$ $`T^{cl}T^{cl}`$  then taking into consideration that superfields $`\xi _0^\alpha (\theta )`$ ($`\stackrel{~}{\xi }_0^\alpha (\theta )`$) are the elements of a some superfield representation $`T_\xi `$ space of supergroup $`J`$ as well, the formulae (2.16), (2.19), (2.22) in fact mean the superfields $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$, $`\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$, $`B^\alpha (\theta )`$ are transformed with respect to the same representation $`T_\xi `$ and their superantifields $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{Dadd}^{}(\theta )`$ with respect to conjugate one $`T_\xi ^{}`$ (as $`T^{}`$ and $`T`$ in Ref.). Therefore the transformation laws for $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{add}{}^{D}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{Dadd}{}^{}(\theta )`$ are known too.

Gradings $`\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon `$ for superantifields $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )`$, $`sC_0`$ read as follows according to (2.26)

$`(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )=((\epsilon _P)_{A_s}+1,(\epsilon _{\overline{J}})_{A_s},\epsilon _{A_s}+1).`$ (2.32)
For $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A_s,s}{}^{}(\theta )`$ the $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$ grading is the same as in (2.32) for $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )`$ but $`\epsilon _P`$ and $`\epsilon `$ ones are shifted on 1. Besides it is convenient to introduce the Grassmann parities values for $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )`$ considered as the whole superfields

$`(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )=((\epsilon _P)_{p_s},(\epsilon _{\overline{J}})_{p_s},\epsilon _{p_s}),(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )=((\epsilon _P)_{p_s}+1,(\epsilon _{\overline{J}})_{p_s},\epsilon _{p_s}+1).`$ (2.33)
Eqs.(2.20), (2.21) in terms of new geometric objects are the ordinary differential equations (ODE) of the 1st order on $`\theta `$ in $`_{min}\times \{\theta \}`$.

The variations of arbitrary superfunctions $`(\theta )`$ $``$ $`(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_{cl}(\theta )`$, $`\theta )`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{cl})`$ $`\times `$ $`\{\theta \})`$ $``$ $`D_{cl}^k`$, $`k\mathrm{}`$ with respect to GTGT (2.4) and $`𝒥(\theta )`$ $``$ $`𝒥(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$ $``$ $`C^k\left(_{cl}\times \{\theta \}\right)`$ with respect to GTST (2.5), (2.7) may be represented by means of the formulae respectively

$`\delta (\theta )={\displaystyle 𝑑\theta ^{}\frac{\delta (\theta )}{\delta 𝒜^ı(\theta ^{})}𝑑\theta _1\widehat{}_\alpha ^ı(\theta ^{};\theta _1)\xi ^\alpha (\theta _1)},`$ (2.34a)
$`\delta 𝒥(\theta )=𝒥,_ı(\theta )_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )\xi _0^\alpha (\theta ),\delta 𝒥(\theta )=𝒥,_ı(\theta )_{H\alpha }^ı(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )\xi _0^\alpha (\theta ).`$ (2.34b)
Under correspondences being given by (2.16), (2.19) for the above indicated arbitrary superfunctions $`(\theta )`$, $`𝒥(\theta )`$ not explicitly depending upon $`\theta `$ the only variations (2.34b) for GTST can be represented almost equivalently in the form of translation along $`\theta `$ coordinate on a parameter $`\mu {}_{}{}^{1}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{1}^{}(\theta )`$ induced by variation of superfields $`𝒜^ı(\theta )`$ (or equivalently onto solutions $`\overline{𝒜}^ı(\theta )`$ for corresponding Eqs.(2.20), (2.21))

$`\delta 𝒥(𝒜^ı(\theta ))\delta _\mu 𝒥(\theta )_{\overline{𝒜}}{\displaystyle \frac{d_r𝒥(\theta )}{d\theta }}_{\overline{𝒜}}\mu =𝒥,_ı(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{d_r𝒜^ı(\theta )}{d\theta }}_{\overline{𝒜}}\mu .`$ (2.35)
Formula (2.35) is suitable in equal form for both variations (2.34b). The absence in the right-hand side of variations (2.35), in view of nilpotent operator $`\frac{d}{d\theta }`$ presence, the projector $`P_0(\theta )`$ from the system of projectors $`P_a(\theta )`$, $`a=0,1`$ acting in $`D_{cl}^k(\theta )`$  is possible only in realizing of the solvability conditions for systems (2.20), (2.21) according to the Statement 3.6 from Ref., which (i.e. solvability conditions) for the above systems are not in general fulfilled. The accounting of explicit dependence upon $`\theta `$ for $`𝒥(\theta )`$ under interpretation of its variation (2.34b) by means of the type (2.35) formula is possible only with help of the above additional variable $`\theta ^{(1)}`$ introduction. Remind that concept of solvability for ODE of the 0,1,2 orders with respect to $`\theta `$  means the fulfilment on solutions of corresponding system of all its differential consequences being obtained by differentiation on $`\theta `$ of this system. The last remarks mean a notion of ”almost equivalence” for formulae (2.34b), (2.35).

Let us continue the process of extension of algebraic structures earlier given on $`_{cl}`$, $`T_{odd}_{cl}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ and etc.  onto corresponding geometric objects built on a basis of $`_s`$, $`sC_0`$. Superalgebras $`𝐊[T_{odd}_{cl}\times \{\theta \}]`$, $`𝐊[[T_{odd}_{cl}\times \{\theta \}]]`$, $`C^k(T_{odd}_{cl}\times \{\theta \})`$, $`𝐊[T_{odd}^{}_{cl}\times \{\theta \}]`$, $`𝐊[[T_{odd}^{}_{cl}\times \{\theta \}]]`$, $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{cl}\times \{\theta \})`$, $`𝐊[T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{cl})\times \{\theta \}]`$, $`𝐊[[T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{cl})\times \{\theta \}]]`$, $`D_{cl}^k`$  are successively continued to the corresponding sets of superfunctions under formal change of index $`\mathrm{"}cl\mathrm{"}`$ on arbitrary element $`sC_0`$ (2.30). Here under $`𝐊[]`$, $`𝐊[[]]`$ and $`C^k()`$ we understand respectively the superalgebras over number field $`𝐊`$ of superfunctions being by finite polynomials on expanding in series in powers of generating elements–coordinates on $`T_{odd}_s\times \{\theta \}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_s\times \{\theta \},\mathrm{}`$, i.e. superfields $`(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta ))`$, by formal power series ($`𝐊[[]]`$) and by superalgebra $`C^k()`$, $`k\mathrm{}`$ with partial superfield differentiation of its elements for which the expansions in Taylor’s series are valid . The last superalgebra consists of $`k`$-times differentiable superfunctions. In addition it is naturally to regard that with respect to part of generating elements, for instance, $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{add}^D(\theta )`$ and $`\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta )`$ the superalgebra $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}\times \{\theta \})`$, $`k\mathrm{}`$ consists of superfunctions being considered as (finite) power series with respect to indicated variables. For example, for $`(C(\theta ),\stackrel{}{C}(\theta ),(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`𝐊[[T_{odd}_C\times \{\theta \}]]`$ the representation in the form of series with respect to $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$ and (or) $`\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$, to be finite for polynomials corresponding in the such case for local superfunctions relatively to $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$ and (or) $`\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$, is valid according to Ref. with notations being analogous to ones suggested in

$`(C(\theta ),\stackrel{}{C}(\theta ),\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{l=0}{}}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{l!}}_{(\alpha )_l}(\stackrel{}{C}(\theta ),\theta )\stackrel{}{C}^{(\alpha )_l}(\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{k,l=0}{}}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{k!l!}}_{(\alpha )_l(\beta )_k}(\theta )\stackrel{}{\stackrel{}{C}}{}_{}{}^{(\beta )_k}(\theta )\stackrel{}{C}^{(\alpha )_l}(\theta ),`$ (2.36)
$`\stackrel{}{\stackrel{}{C}}{}_{}{}^{(\beta )_k}(\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{p=1}{\overset{k}{}}}\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\beta _p}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{C}^{(\alpha )_l}(\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{p=1}{\overset{l}{}}}C^{\alpha _p}(\theta ),`$ (2.37a)
$`_{(\alpha )_l}(\stackrel{}{C}(\theta ),\theta )_{\alpha _1\mathrm{}\alpha _l}(\stackrel{}{C}(\theta ),\theta ),_{(\alpha )_l(\beta )_k}(\theta )_{\alpha _1\mathrm{}\alpha _l\beta _1\mathrm{}\beta _k}(\theta ).`$ (2.37b)
Series coefficients $`_{(\alpha )_l}(\stackrel{}{C}(\theta ),\theta )`$ and $`_{(\alpha )_l(\beta )_k}(\theta )`$ possess by the following symmetry properties written, for instance, for the latters

$`_{(\alpha )_l(\beta )_k}(\theta )=(1)^{(\epsilon _{\alpha _s}+1)(\epsilon _{\alpha _{s1}}+1)}_{\alpha _1\mathrm{}\alpha _s\alpha _{s1}\mathrm{}\alpha _l(\beta )_k}(\theta )=`$
$`(1)^{\epsilon _{\beta _r}\epsilon _{\beta _{r1}}}_{(\alpha )_l\beta _1\mathrm{}\beta _r\beta _{r1}\mathrm{}\beta _k}(\theta ),s=\overline{2,l},r=\overline{2,k}.`$ (2.38)
For $`(C(\theta ),\stackrel{}{C}(\theta ),\theta )C^k(T_{odd}_C\times \{\theta \})`$, $`k\mathrm{}`$ we assume the expansion in formal functional Taylor’s series in powers of $`\delta C^\alpha (\theta )`$=$`(C^\alpha (\theta )`$ $``$ $`C_0^\alpha (\theta ))`$, $`\delta \stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$=$`(\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$ $``$ $`\stackrel{}{C}{}_{0}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ))`$ in a some neighbourhood (possibly in the whole $`T_{odd}_C\times \{\theta \})`$ of a point $`(C_0^\alpha (\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{C}{}_{0}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`T_{odd}_C`$ being valid. Moreover we presuppose the $`C^k(T_{odd}_C\times \{\theta \})`$ is equipped by structure of a norm and a convergence of the series with respect to that norm

$`(C(\theta ),\stackrel{}{C}(\theta ),\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{k,l=0}{}}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{k!l!}}_{(\alpha )_l(\beta )_k}(C_0(\theta ),\stackrel{}{C}_0(\theta ),\theta )\delta \stackrel{}{\stackrel{}{C}}{}_{}{}^{(\beta )_k}(\theta )\delta \stackrel{}{C}^{(\alpha )_l}(\theta )`$
$`{\displaystyle \underset{k,l=0}{}}{\displaystyle \frac{1}{k!l!}}\left({\displaystyle \underset{p=0}{\overset{l1}{}}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{C^{\alpha _{lp}}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \underset{q=0}{\overset{k1}{}}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\beta _{kq}}(\theta )}}(C(\theta ),\stackrel{}{C}(\theta ),\theta )\right)_{C_0(\theta ),\stackrel{}{C}_0(\theta )}\delta \stackrel{}{\stackrel{}{C}}{}_{}{}^{(\beta )_k}(\theta )\delta \stackrel{}{C}^{(\alpha )_l}(\theta ),`$ (2.39)
with decomposition coefficients satisfying to the properties (2.38). It is not complicated to write down the analogs of formulae (2.36), (2.39) for any $`(\theta )`$ $``$ $`𝐊[[T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)\times \{\theta \}]]`$ and $`(\theta )`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$, $`sC_0`$ respectively. It is sufficient in this case to change in the above-mentioned formulae the superfields $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )`$ onto $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$ and $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )`$, $`sC_0`$ respectively.

An action of projector systems $`\{P_a(\theta )\}`$, $`a=0,1`$ and $`\{\stackrel{~}{P}_b(\theta )`$, $`U(\theta )`$, $`V(\theta )`$ ($`𝒲(\theta )`$ = $`(U+V)(\theta ))\}`$, $`b=0,1`$ defined in  are naturally continued from $`D_{cl}^k`$ to $`D_s^k`$, $`k\mathrm{}`$ with following from this fact all consequences for representation of $`D_s^k`$. Besides, the special involution $``$  is naturally continued onto $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ $`\times `$ $`\{\theta \}`$ and $`D_s^k`$, $`sC_0`$ as well so that $`P_0(T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s))`$ and subsuperalgebra $`P_0D_s^k`$ = $`C^k(P_0(T_{odd}(T_{odd}_s)))`$ parametrized by $`P_0(\theta )`$-components of superfields $`(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta ))`$, i.e. by $`(P_0(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta ))`$, are invariant with respect to action of involution $``$.

The classes of regular over $`𝐊`$ superfunctionals $`C_{F,cl}`$ and $`C_{FH,cl}`$ are continued to ones $`C_{F,s}`$ and $`C_{FH,s}`$ $`sC_0`$ consisting of the continued superfunctionals defined on $`T_{odd}_s`$ $`\times `$ $`\{\theta \}`$ and $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ $`\times `$ $`\{\theta \}`$ correspondingly by means of the formulae

$`F[𝒜_s]={\displaystyle }d\theta (𝒜_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}_s(\theta ),\theta ),(\theta )C^k(T_{odd}_s\times \{\theta \}),`$ (2.40a)
$`F_H[\mathrm{\Gamma }_s]={\displaystyle }d\theta 𝒥(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\theta ),𝒥(\theta )D_s^k.`$ (2.40b)
The formulae of the variational calculus  are valid for these superfunctionals under formal change of $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}^p(\theta )`$ onto $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$ and $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{cl}{}^{p}(\theta )`$ onto $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )`$.

For an arbitrary superfunction from $`D_s^k`$ it is not difficult to produce the transformation laws under action of the superfield representation $`T^s`$, $`sC_0`$ operators constructed with respect to $`T`$, $`T^{}`$, $`T_\xi `$, $`T_\xi ^{}`$.

At last, the superalgebra of the 1st order differential operators (with respect to differentiation on $`𝒜^ı(\theta ))`$ $`𝓐_{𝒄𝒍}`$ over $`C^k(T_{odd}_{cl}\times \{\theta \})`$  and one of the 1st and 2nd orders operators $`𝓑_{𝒄𝒍}`$ over $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ $`\times `$ $`\{\theta \})`$ and $`D_{cl}^k`$  in a natural and literal way are continued to $`𝓐_𝒔`$ and $`𝓑_𝒔`$ acting on $`C^k(T_{odd}_s\times \{\theta \})`$ and $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s\times \{\theta \})`$, $`D_s^k`$, $`sC_0`$ respectively with help of continued projector system $`\{P_a(\theta )\}`$ and involution $``$. Let us indicate the corresponding formulae for the basis elements $`U_a^s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{U}{}_{a}{}^{s}(\theta )`$ from $`𝓐_𝒔`$ and $`U_a^s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{U}{}_{a}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, $`V_a^s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{V}{}_{a}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, $`𝒲_a^s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{𝒲}{}_{a}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Delta }_{ab}^s(\theta )`$, $`a,b=0,1`$ from $`𝓑_𝒔`$, $`sC_0`$

$`U_a^s(\theta )=P_1(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}},\stackrel{}{U}{}_{a}{}^{s}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{A_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}},`$ (2.41a)
$`V_a^s(\theta )=P_1(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{}{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}},\stackrel{}{V}{}_{a}{}^{s}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A_s,s}{}^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{}{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}},`$ (2.41b)
$`𝒲_a^s(\theta )=(U_a^s+V_a^s)(\theta )=P_1(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}},\stackrel{}{𝒲}{}_{a}{}^{s}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}},`$ (2.41c)
$`\mathrm{\Delta }_{ab}^s(\theta )=(1)^{\epsilon _{A_s}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{P_a\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{P_b\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}\omega _s^{p_sq_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{P_b(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta )}}(1)^{\epsilon _{p_s}},`$
$`\omega _s^{p_sq_s}(\theta )=(1)^{(\epsilon _{p_s}+1)(\epsilon _{q_s}+1)}\omega _s^{q_sp_s}(\theta )=P_0(\theta )\omega _s^{p_sq_s}(\theta ),\omega _s^{p_sq_s}(\theta )=\begin{array}{cc}0_{[A_s]}& 1_{[A_s]}\\ 1_{[A_s]}& 0_{[A_s]}\end{array}.`$ (2.43)
Grassmann gradings $`\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon `$ for operators $`U_a^s(\theta )`$, $`V_a^s(\theta )`$, $`𝒲_a^s(\theta )`$ are equal to (0,0,0), whereas for $`\stackrel{}{U}{}_{a}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{V}{}_{a}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{𝒲}{}_{a}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Delta }_{ab}^s(\theta )`$ to (1,0,1) respectively.

Involution $``$ acting on $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ $`\times `$ $`\{\theta \}`$ by the rule

$`\left(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )\right)^{}=\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\overline{\theta })\overline{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),\left(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )\right)^{}=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta ),\theta ^{}=\theta `$ (2.44)
transfers the superfield $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$ into $``$-conjugate one $`\overline{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}`$ being transformed with respect to supergroup $`J`$ $``$-conjugate representation if $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$ are transformed on $`T^sT^s`$ representation. By means of (2.41), (2.42) one can write down the other elements of $`𝓐_𝒔`$ and $`𝓑_𝒔`$ as well in the almost superfield form

$`U_+^s(\theta )=(U_0^s+U_1^s)(\theta )=P_1(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}},\stackrel{}{U}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{A_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}},`$ (2.45a)
$`U_{}^s(\theta )=(U_0^sU_1^s)(\theta )=P_1(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\overline{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}},\stackrel{}{U}{}_{}{}^{s}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{A_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\overline{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}},`$ (2.43b)
$`V_+^s(\theta )=(V_0^s+V_1^s)(\theta )=P_1(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{}{\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}},\stackrel{}{V}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A_s,s}{}^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{}{\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}},`$ (2.43c)
$`V_{}^s(\theta )=(V_0^sV_1^s)(\theta )=P_1(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{}{\overline{\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}},\stackrel{}{V}{}_{}{}^{s}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A_s,s}{}^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{}{\overline{\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}},`$ (2.43d)
$`𝒲_+^s(\theta )=(𝒲_0^s+𝒲_1^s)(\theta )=P_1(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}},\stackrel{}{𝒲}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}},`$ (2.43e)
$`𝒲_{}^s(\theta )=(𝒲_0^s𝒲_1^s)(\theta )=P_1(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\overline{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}},\stackrel{}{𝒲}{}_{}{}^{s}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\overline{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}},`$ (2.43f)
$`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{a,b}{}}\mathrm{\Delta }_{ab}^s(\theta )=(1)^{\epsilon _{A_s}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}\omega _s^{p_sq_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta )}}(1)^{\epsilon _{p_s}},`$ (2.44a)
$`\mathrm{\Delta }_+^s(\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{a,b}{}}(1)^{\epsilon _{A_s}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{\overline{P_b(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}}=(1)^{\epsilon _{A_s}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{\overline{\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}},`$ (2.44b)
$`\mathrm{\Delta }_+^s(\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{a,b}{}}(1)^{\epsilon _{A_s}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\overline{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{P_b(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}=(1)^{\epsilon _{A_s}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\overline{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}},`$ (2.44c)
$`\mathrm{\Delta }_{}^s(\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{a,b}{}}(1)^{\epsilon _{A_s}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\overline{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{\overline{P_b(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}}=(1)^{\epsilon _{A_s}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\overline{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{\overline{\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}}.`$ (2.44d)
In writing of (2.43), (2.44) it is taken into consideration according to  that by relationship

$`{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\overline{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}}={\displaystyle \frac{_l}{P_0(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{P_1(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}\left({\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}\right)^{}`$ (2.45)
involution $``$ is continued onto $`𝓑_𝒔`$, $`sC_0`$.

All algebraic properties for operators from $`𝓐_{𝒄𝒍}`$, $`𝓑_{𝒄𝒍}`$ and conclusions of the papers  without changes are transferred onto $`𝓐_𝒔`$, $`𝓑_𝒔`$. The operators $`\mathrm{\Delta }_{ab}^s(\theta )`$ action on the product of any superfunctions $`(\theta )`$, $`𝒥(\theta )`$ yields the following antibrackets $`(,)_{ab}^s`$, $`sC_0`$, $`a,b`$=$`0,1`$

$`((\theta ),𝒥(\theta ))_{ab}^s={\displaystyle \frac{(\theta )}{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{𝒥(\theta )}{P_b(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_r(\theta )}{P_b(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l𝒥(\theta )}{P_a(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}.`$ (2.46)
In its turn the operators (2.44) action on the such product generates the other antibrackets in the superfield form ($`(,)_{++}^s`$, $`(,)_{}^s`$, $`(,)_\pm ^s)`$. For example, for $`(,)_{++}^s`$ we have

$`((\theta ),𝒥(\theta ))_{++}^s={\displaystyle \underset{a,b}{}}((\theta ),𝒥(\theta ))_{ab}^s((\theta ),𝒥(\theta ))_\theta ^s={\displaystyle \frac{(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{𝒥(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}`$
$`(1)^{(\epsilon ()+1)(\epsilon (𝒥)+1)}(𝒥)={\displaystyle \frac{_r(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}\omega _s^{p_sq_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l𝒥(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta )}}.`$ (2.47)
All antibrackets satisfy to the standard properties for odd Poisson bracket , i.e. to an generalized antisymmetry, Leibnitz rule, Jacobi identity. In addition their $`\epsilon _P`$, $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$, $`\epsilon `$ gradings are identical to ones for antibrackets given on $`D_{cl}^k`$  and, for instance, for $`(,)_\theta ^s`$ reads as follows

$`(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )((\theta ),𝒥(\theta ))_\theta ^s=(\epsilon _P()+\epsilon _P(𝒥)+1,\epsilon _{\overline{J}}()+\epsilon _{\overline{J}}(𝒥),\epsilon ()+\epsilon (𝒥)+1).`$ (2.48)
For any operator $`B^s(\theta )`$ $``$ $`\{\stackrel{}{U}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{V}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{𝒲}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )\}`$ and for $`(,)_\theta ^s`$ the relationship holds

$`B^s(\theta )((\theta ),𝒥(\theta ))_\theta ^s=(B^s(\theta )(\theta ),𝒥(\theta ))_\theta ^s+(1)^{\epsilon ()+1}((\theta ),B^s(\theta )𝒥(\theta ))_\theta ^s.`$ (2.49)
The so-called transformations of operators from $`𝓑_{𝒄𝒍}`$  are continued onto $`𝓑_𝒔`$, $`sC_0`$. Let us confine ourselves by the case of operators $`B^s(\theta )`$ defined before (2.49) having required of the following transformation rule fulfilment

$`B^s(\theta )B^s(\theta )=B^s(\theta )+((\theta ),)_\theta ^sB^s(\theta )+{}_{}{}^{s}\mathrm{ad}_{(\theta )}^{},(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )(\theta )=(0,0,0).`$ (2.50)
The condition of nilpotency preservation for $`B^s(\theta )`$ leads to equation on $`(\theta )`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$ of the form

$`B^s(\theta )(\theta )+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}((\theta ),(\theta ))_\theta ^s=f(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s}(\theta ),\theta ),(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )f(\theta )=(1,0,1).`$ (2.51)
In particular the restriction of $`f(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\theta )`$ onto $`T_{odd}^{}_s`$ vanishes. Transformation (2.50) permits to obtain the vanishing for one from $`B^s(\theta )`$, at least for $`\stackrel{}{U}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )`$ or $`\stackrel{}{V}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, with help of a choice for $`(\theta )`$ (see Ref. for details).

## III Ghost Number

In order to single out the definite subsets in $`_{ext}`$ and then in $`D_{ext}^k`$ it is convenient to introduce a special group structure.

By group $`\mathrm{𝐆𝐡}`$ of homogeneous in the extended sense (scaled or ghost) transformations of the superspace $``$ let us call the one-parametric group of linear transformations of $``$ defined by its action on coordinates $`(z^a,\theta )`$

$`g^\tau \mathrm{𝐆𝐡}:g^\tau (z^a,\theta )=(g^\tau z^a,g^\tau \theta )=(e^{\gamma \tau }z^a,e^{\delta \tau }\theta ),\gamma ,\delta 𝐙,\tau 𝐑.`$ (3.1)
The weights of $`z^a`$ and $`\theta `$ (being usually called by the ghost numbers) are equal respectively

$`\gamma \mathrm{gh}(z^a)=0,\delta \mathrm{gh}(\theta )=1.`$ (3.2)
Formally defining the elements $`dz^a`$ and $`d\theta `$ on dual to $`T_{(z,\theta )}`$ (being by tangent space over point $`(z^a,\theta )`$ with basis $`\{\frac{d}{dz^a}`$, $`\frac{d}{d\theta }\}`$) cotangent space $`T_{(z,\theta )}^{}`$ we put

$`\mathrm{gh}(dz^a)=\left(\mathrm{gh}\frac{d}{dz^a}\right)=0,\mathrm{gh}(d\theta )=1=\mathrm{gh}\left(\frac{d}{d\theta }\right).`$ (3.3)
Representation $`U`$ of the group $`\mathrm{𝐆𝐡}`$ in $`_{ext}`$

$`U:\mathrm{𝐆𝐡}U(\mathrm{𝐆𝐡})GL(_{ext})`$ (3.4)
is realized by means of relations on its coordinates

$`U(g^\tau )\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )=\stackrel{~}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{B}(\theta )=(e^{\alpha _1\tau }𝒜^ı(\theta ),e^{\alpha _2\tau }C^\alpha (\theta ),e^{\alpha _3\tau }\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ),e^{\alpha _4\tau }B^\alpha (\theta )),`$
$`(\alpha _1,\alpha _2,\alpha _3,\alpha _4)(\mathrm{gh}(𝒜^ı(\theta )),\mathrm{gh}(C^\alpha (\theta )),\mathrm{gh}(\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )),\mathrm{gh}(B^\alpha (\theta )))=(0,1,1,0).`$ (3.5)
Representation $`U`$ induces in fibres over point with coordinates $`\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )_{ext}`$: $`T_{odd}^\mathrm{\Phi }_{ext}`$, $`T_{odd}^\mathrm{\Phi }_{ext}`$, $`T_{odd}^{(\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Phi }^{})}(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$<sup>3</sup><sup>3</sup>3we assume $`T_{odd}_{ext}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$, $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$ are the bundles over base $`_{ext}`$ (without presentation of their explicit construction) correspondingly the representations

$`TU:\mathrm{𝐆𝐡}TU(\mathrm{𝐆𝐡})GL\left(T_{odd}_{ext}\right),`$ (3.6a)
$`T^{}U:\mathrm{𝐆𝐡}T^{}U(\mathrm{𝐆𝐡})GL\left(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}\right),`$ (3.6b)
$`T(T^{}U):\mathrm{𝐆𝐡}T(T^{}U)(\mathrm{𝐆𝐡})GL\left(T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})\right)`$ (3.6c)
being realized on the coordinates of these supermanifolds by the formulae

$`TU(g^\tau )(\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{B}(\theta ))=(\stackrel{~}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{B}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{B}(\theta ))=(\stackrel{~}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{B}(\theta ),(e^{(\alpha _1+1)\tau }\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{ı}(\theta ),e^{(\alpha _2+1)\tau }\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ),`$
$`e^{(\alpha _3+1)\tau }\stackrel{}{\overline{C}}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ),e^{(\alpha _4+1)\tau }\stackrel{}{B}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta ))),\mathrm{gh}(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{B}(\theta ))=\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta ))+1=(1,2,0,1),`$ (3.7)
$`T^{}U(g^\tau )(\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta ))=(\stackrel{~}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{B}(\theta ),g^\tau \mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta ))=(\stackrel{~}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{B}(\theta ),(e^{(\alpha _1+1)\tau }𝒜_ı^{}(\theta ),e^{(\alpha _2+1)\tau }C_\alpha ^{}(\theta ),`$
$`e^{(\alpha _3+1)\tau }\overline{C}{}_{\alpha }{}^{}(\theta ),e^{(\alpha _4+1)\tau }B_\alpha ^{}(\theta ))),\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta ))=1\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta ))=(1,2,0,1),`$ (3.8)
$`T(T^{}U)(g^\tau )(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}^p(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{ext}{}^{p}(\theta ))=(T^{}U(g^\tau )\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}^p(\theta ),(\stackrel{}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{B}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{B}{}^{}(\theta ))),\stackrel{}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{B}{}^{}(\theta )=`$
$`(e^{\alpha _1\tau }\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{ı}{}^{}(\theta ),e^{\alpha _2\tau }\stackrel{}{C}{}_{\alpha }{}^{}(\theta ),e^{\alpha _3\tau }\stackrel{}{\overline{C}}{}_{\alpha }{}^{}(\theta ),e^{\alpha _4\tau }\stackrel{}{B}{}_{\alpha }{}^{}(\theta )),\mathrm{gh}\left(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{B}{}^{}(\theta )\right)=\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta ))=(0,1,1,0).`$ (3.9)
It should be noted the nontrivial ($`0`$) value of ghost number on $``$, $`_{ext}`$, etc. is connected with nontrivial $`\epsilon _P`$ grading ($`\epsilon _P=\mathrm{gh}(mod\mathrm{\hspace{0.17em}2})`$).

Composing the linear span of all possible tensor products of elements from $`_s`$, $`T_{odd}_s`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_s`$, $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ one can obtain the group $`\mathrm{𝐆𝐡}`$ representation $`\widehat{T}^s`$ realization, connected with representation $`U`$ (3.4), on the superalgebra $`D_s^k`$, $`sC_0`$

$`\widehat{T}^s:\mathrm{𝐆𝐡}\widehat{T}^s(\mathrm{𝐆𝐡})GL(D_s^k).`$ (3.10)
Representation $`\widehat{T}^s`$ on the coordinates of elements from $`D_s^k`$ considered as the superalgebra acts by the rule taking formulae (3.5), (3.7)–(3.9) into account

$`\widehat{T}^s(g^\tau )\left(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{(A)_l}(\theta )\stackrel{}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}}{}_{s}{}^{(A)_f}(\theta )\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s(A)_h}{}^{}(\theta )\stackrel{}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}}{}_{s(A)_d}{}^{}(\theta )\right)=\left(\stackrel{\mathbf{}}{\stackrel{~}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\mathrm{\Phi }_{s}^{}}\right)^{(A)_l}(\theta )\left(\stackrel{\mathbf{}}{\stackrel{}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_{s}^{}}\right)^{(A)_f}(\theta )\times `$
$`\left(\stackrel{\mathbf{}}{g^\tau \mathrm{\Phi }_s^{}}\right)_{(A)_h}(\theta )\left(\stackrel{\mathbf{}}{\stackrel{}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_s^{}}\right)_{(A)_d}(\theta )=\mathrm{exp}({\displaystyle \underset{i=1}{\overset{l}{}}}\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{(A)_i})+{\displaystyle \underset{j=1}{\overset{f}{}}}(\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{(A)_j})+1){\displaystyle \underset{k=1}{\overset{h}{}}}(\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{(A)_k})+1)`$
$`{\displaystyle \underset{p=1}{\overset{d}{}}}\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{(A)_p}))\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}^{(A)_l}_s(\theta )\stackrel{}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}}^{(A)_f}_s(\theta )\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}^{}_{s(A)_h}(\theta )\stackrel{}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}}^{}_{s(A)_d}(\theta ),l,f,h,d𝑵_\mathrm{𝟎},`$ (3.11)
so that

$`\mathrm{gh}\left(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{(A)_l}(\theta )\stackrel{}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}}{}_{s}{}^{(A)_f}(\theta )\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s(A)_h}{}^{}(\theta )\stackrel{}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}}{}_{s(A)_d}{}^{}(\theta )\right)={\displaystyle \underset{i=1}{\overset{l}{}}}\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{(A)_i})+{\displaystyle \underset{j=1}{\overset{f}{}}}(\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{(A)_j})+1)`$
$`{\displaystyle \underset{k=1}{\overset{h}{}}}\left(\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{(A)_k})+1\right){\displaystyle \underset{p=1}{\overset{d}{}}}\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{(A)_p}).`$ (3.12)
According to definition, by homogeneous superfunction $`(\theta )`$ in the extended sense (superfunctional $`F_{H,s}`$) on $`D_s^k`$ ($`C_{FH,s}`$) of degree $`g=\mathrm{gh}((\theta ))`$ call the superfunction $`(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\theta )`$ $``$ $`(\theta )`$ $`D_s^k`$ $`D_{ext}^k`$ satisfying to equation on value of $`g`$

$`(\stackrel{~}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\mathrm{\Phi }_{s}^{}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_{s}^{}(\theta ),g^\tau \mathrm{\Phi }_s^{}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{g}{}_{}{}^{\tau }\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{}(\theta ),g^\tau \theta )=e^{\mathrm{gh}()}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\theta ),\mathrm{gh}()𝐙.`$ (3.13)
For arbitrary homogeneous superfunction in the extended sense $`(\theta )D_s^k`$ with definite $`\mathrm{gh}()`$ the Euler’s theorem holds

$`\widehat{N}_s({\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )}},{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta )}},{\displaystyle \frac{}{\theta }},\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\theta )(\theta )=\mathrm{gh}()(\theta ),`$ (3.14)
where the linear operator $`N_s`$ (ghost number operator) is defined by the formula

$`\widehat{N}_s(\theta )=\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s})\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta )}}+(1+\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}))\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{A_s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{A_s}(\theta )}}(1+\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}))\times `$
$`\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{}{\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )}}\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s})\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A_s,s}{}^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A_s,s}{}^{}(\theta )}}\theta {\displaystyle \frac{}{\theta }},(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\widehat{N}_s(\theta )=(0,0,0).`$ (3.15)
All elements of superalgebra $`𝓑_{𝒆𝒙𝒕}`$ with $`\epsilon _P0`$ and antibrackets (2.46), (2.47) shift the ghost number values of homogeneous with respect to ”$`\mathrm{gh}`$” components of superfunctions from $`D_s^k`$, on which the mentioned objects act, on $`+1`$

$`\mathrm{gh}\left(((\theta ),𝒥(\theta ))_{ij}^{ext}\right)=\mathrm{gh}()+\mathrm{gh}(𝒥)+1,i,j\{0,1\},i,j\{+,\},`$ (3.16a)
$`\mathrm{gh}(B(\theta )(\theta ))=\mathrm{gh}((\theta ))+1,(B(\theta )𝓑_{𝒆𝒙𝒕},\epsilon _P(B)=1).`$ (3.16b)
Let us formally ascribe to all such operators from $`𝓑_{𝒆𝒙𝒕}`$ and to antibrackets $`(,)_{ij}`$ the ghost number being equal to 1

$`\mathrm{gh}(B(\theta ))=\mathrm{gh}\left((,)_{ij}^{ext}\right)=1,`$ (3.17)
whereas to other ones with $`\epsilon _P=0`$ the zero ghost number. The requirement of the ghost number conservation in transforming of the operators $`B^s(\theta )`$ (2.50) leads to the following additional restriction on the structure of superfunction $`(\theta )`$ and therefore on $`f(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta )`$, $`\theta )`$ in (2.51)

$`\mathrm{gh}((\theta ))=\mathrm{gh}(f)1=0.`$ (3.18)
## IV Classical Master Equation in Minimal Sector

The restriction of superfunction $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{cl}\times \{\theta \}`$)  with corresponding GHS

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}^p(\theta ),S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta ))_\theta ^s,`$ (4.1a)
$`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )=(𝒜_ı^{}(\theta ),S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta ))_\theta ^s(1)^{\epsilon _ı}\left(S_{H}^{\prime \prime }{}_{}{}^{1}\right)_{ık}(\theta )[{\displaystyle \frac{}{\theta }}(𝒜^k(\theta ),S_H(\theta ))_\theta ^s(1)^{\epsilon _k}`$
$`(1)^{\epsilon _ȷ}(𝒜^k(\theta ),(𝒜_ȷ^{}(\theta ),S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta ))_\theta ^s)_\theta ^s(𝒜^ȷ(\theta ),S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta ))_\theta ^s]=0,s=cl,`$ (4.1)
$`(S_H^{\prime \prime })^{ıȷ}(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{}{𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )}{𝒜_ȷ^{}(\theta )}},\mathrm{sdet}(S_H^{\prime \prime })^{ıȷ}(\theta )0,`$ (4.2)
determining the I class GThGT in Hamiltonian formalism for GSTF by means of requirements that $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )`$ would not explicitly depend upon $`\theta `$ and would appear by eigenfunction for ghost number operator $`\widehat{N}_{cl}(\theta )`$ (3.15) with zero ghost number, is defined by the equations

$`\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta )S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )=0S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )=S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta )),`$ (4.3a)
$`\widehat{N}_{cl}(\theta )S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )=0S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ))=𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta )),`$ (4.3b)
according to (3.2), (3.5), (3.8). The nonvanishing of superfunction $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$ will be guaranteed by condition of potential term existence for $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )`$ of the form (2.14). Really the following expressions are valid

$`S(𝒜(\theta ),0)=𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta )),\mathrm{gh}(T(𝒜(\theta ),𝒜^{}(\theta )))1,\mathrm{deg}_{𝒜(\theta )}𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))2,`$ (4.4)
where the integer-valued functions of degree $`\mathrm{deg}_{𝒜(\theta )}`$, $`\mathrm{deg}_{𝒜^{}(\theta )}`$ (2.3), $`\mathrm{deg}_d`$ and of least degree $`\mathrm{min}\mathrm{deg}_d`$, $`dD=\{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s^{}(\theta )\}`$, $`s,s^{}C_0`$ had been defined in Ref. for arbitrary superfunction with respect to any generating element $`dD`$.

Restricted GHS corresponding to $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$ arises from (4.1) already with HCHF $`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(𝒜(\theta ))`$

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r𝒜^ı(\theta )}{d\theta }}=0,{\displaystyle \frac{d_r𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(1)^{\epsilon _ı}𝒮_0,_ı(𝒜(\theta )),`$ (4.5a)
$`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(𝒜(\theta ))=(1)^{\epsilon _ı}𝒮_0,_ı(𝒜(\theta ))=0.`$ (4.5b)
The equivalence of GHS (4.1) to one’s own HS subsystem (4.1a) by virtue of Statement 3.3 from Ref. is lost for the case of GHS (4.5) in spite of the restricted dynamical equations presence

$`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(𝒜(\theta ))=({\displaystyle \frac{d_r𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )}{d\theta }}+(1)^{\epsilon _ı}𝒮_0,_ı(𝒜(\theta ))).`$ (4.6)
That restricted by means of Eqs.(4.3) superfield theory with superfunction $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$ determines the II class GThST on $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$, i.e. $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$ appears by not only integral for HS (4.5a) but satisfies to Eq.(2.2) for any $`𝒜^ı(\theta )_{cl}`$ as well. It means  both GHS (4.5) and HS (4.5a) are solvable. The supermatrix rank of the 2nd partial superfield derivatives with respect to $`𝒜^ı(\theta )`$, $`𝒜^ȷ(\theta )`$ of superfunction $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$ by virtue of initial postulate $`2_H`$, written in Ref., on the structure of $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )`$ is equal on a stationary surface $`\mathrm{\Sigma }`$ to $`(nm)`$, where $`m`$ is the number of identities among $`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(𝒜(\theta ))`$

$`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon 𝒮_0,_{ıȷ}(𝒜(\theta ))_\mathrm{\Sigma }=nm=(n_++m_+,n_{}+m_{}),\mathrm{\Sigma }_{cl},\mathrm{dim}\mathrm{\Sigma }=m.`$ (4.7)
In addition to Eq.(2.2), its consequence is trivially fulfilled in the whole $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ (Statement 5.5 of work )

$`\mathrm{\Delta }^{cl}(\theta )𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))=0.`$ (4.8)
For obtained GThST of the II class by virtue of corollary 2.2 for Theorem 2 in Ref. and corollary 1.2 for Theorem 1 in  the identities, following from the 3rd group equations in (2.15) with allowance made for algebraic properties for projectors $`\{\stackrel{~}{P}_a(\theta ),U(\theta )\}`$ applied for decomposition of mentioned equations, are valid

$`𝒮_0,_ı(𝒜(\theta ))_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ))=0,_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ))=_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),0)`$ (4.9)
in identifying of $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$ $``$ $`_{H\alpha }^ı(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$. GTST presented in the form of n ODE system (2.21) can be written as follows

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r𝒜^ı(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(𝒜^ı(\theta ),S_1(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),C(\theta ))_\theta ^{cl},`$ (4.10a)
$`S_1(\theta )S_1(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),C(\theta ))=𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ))C^\alpha (\theta ),`$
$`(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )S_1(\theta )=(0,0,0),S_1(\theta )C^k((T_{odd}^{}_{cl})\times _C).`$ (4.10)
The extension of n ODE system (4.10a) to the 1st order on $`\theta `$ 2n ODE system in the normal form with respect to derivatives $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_{cl}(\theta )`$ reads as follows

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}^p(\theta ),S_1(\theta ))_\theta ^{cl}.`$ (4.11)
In (4.11) the dependence upon superfields $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$ is parametric one. System (4.11) itself does not satisfy to solvability condition. The supermatrix rank of the 2nd partial superfield derivatives with respect to $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}^p(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}^q(\theta )`$ of $`S_1(\theta )`$ calculated in $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}\times \{\theta \}`$ for linearly independent GGTST $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ),\theta )`$ is equal (with respect to $`\epsilon `$ grading) on the supersurface $`\mathrm{\Sigma }\{𝒜_{0ı}^{}(\theta ),C_0^\alpha (\theta )\}`$ $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$

$`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_r}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^p(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_1(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^q(\theta )}}_{\mathrm{\Sigma }\{𝒜_{0ı}^{}(\theta ),C_0^\alpha (\theta )\}}=2(m_{},m_+),(𝒜_{0ı}^{}(\theta ),C_0^\alpha (\theta ))=(0,0).`$ (4.12)
A distribution of rank values for supermatrix of the form (4.7), (4.12) with respect to enumeration of the columns and rows on parities $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$ and $`\epsilon `$ is differred in accordance with whether the parities of indices for supermatrix elements coincide with parities of corresponding generating elements or are opposite to them. So, the rank values (4.7) are identical for $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$ and $`\epsilon `$ by virtue of $`𝒜^ı(\theta )`$, $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$ gradings but for expression (4.12) are distinct with respect to change of boson and fermion values for rank of supermatrix (4.12). It is natural to denote the ranks with respect to the mentioned gradings by additional sign $`\mathrm{"}\epsilon \mathrm{"}`$, $`\mathrm{"}\epsilon _{\overline{J}}\mathrm{"}`$: $`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon `$, $`\mathrm{rank}_{\epsilon _{\overline{J}}}`$. In this case, the rank with respect to $`\epsilon `$ ($`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon `$) have been written in (4.12) and for the case of $`\mathrm{rank}_{\epsilon _{\overline{J}}}`$ the value $`2m=2(m_+,m_{})`$ must stand in the right-hand side of formula (4.12).

In view of $`\epsilon _P`$, $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$, $`\epsilon `$ gradings specification for the first time introduced in  that principal difference had been earlier ignored. For instance, in Refs. where for fields and antifields the only $`\epsilon `$ grading in fact was introduced, the corresponding rank had been calculated, under omission, with respect to $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$ one!

Note the dimensions of $`_{cl}`$ with respect to $`\epsilon `$, $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$ gradings over number field $`𝐊`$ are equal to

$`\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon _{\overline{J}}}_{cl}=\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon }_{cl}=(\mathrm{dim}_{+𝐊,\epsilon },\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon })_{cl}=n,`$ (4.13)
whereas the dimensions of $`T_{odd}_{cl}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ with respect to the same parities are differred

$`\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon _{\overline{J}}}T_{odd}_{cl}=\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon _{\overline{J}}}T_{odd}^{}_{cl}=2n,`$ (4.14a)
$`\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon }T_{odd}_{cl}=\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon }T_{odd}^{}_{cl}=n+n^P=(n_++n_{},n_{}+n_+),n^P=(n_{},n_+),`$ (4.14b)
from where it is seen that the structures of the even (odd) subsupermanifolds on $`\epsilon `$ and $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$ parities are different. In what follows we will work in GSQM mathematical means, in general, with notion of $`\mathrm{rank}_{𝐊,\epsilon }`$ and by omitting under rank notion it will be understood namely the last type of rank for even supermatrix just as in calculating of the geometric objects dimensions we use the operation $`\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon }`$. For instance, the dimensions of superspaces $`_k`$, $`T_{odd}_k`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_k`$, $`k\{C,B,min\}`$ are given by the following table

$`\begin{array}{cccccccc}& _C& _B& _{min}& T_{odd}_C& T_{odd}_B& T_{odd}_{min}& \\ \mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon }\hfill & m^P& m& n+m^P& m+m^P& m+m^P& n+n^P+m+m^P& \\ \mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon _{\overline{J}}}\hfill & m& m& n+m& 2m& 2m& 2(n+m)& ,\hfill \end{array}`$ (4.18)
$`(\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon },\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon _{\overline{J}}})T_{odd}_s=(\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon },\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon _{\overline{J}}})T_{odd}^{}_s,sC_0.`$ (4.15b)
It is easy to find from (4.14), (4.15) the corresponding dimensions of the other geometric structures $`_s`$, $`T_{odd}_s`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_s`$, $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$, $`sC_0`$ (2.30). These concepts for dimensions and ranks should be transferred onto corresponding objects in Refs.. From the notations in (4.13), (4.15b) it is easy to obtain $`\mathrm{dim}_{+𝐊,\epsilon (\epsilon _{\overline{J}})}`$ and $`\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon (\epsilon _{\overline{J}})}`$ being respectively by designations for even and odd dimensions of the sets in (4.14), (4.15) with respect to $`\epsilon (\epsilon _{\overline{J}})`$ parity.

Next, for construction the II class GThGT let us combine the systems (4.5), (4.11) by means of addition of the corresponding vector fields components standing from the right in Eqs.(4.5a), (4.11). As a result obtain the following almost Hamiltonian system of the 1st order on $`\theta `$ 2n ODE in normal form given on $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}\times \{\theta \}`$

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}^p(\theta ),S_{[1]}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),C(\theta )))_\theta ^{cl},p=\overline{1,2n}`$ (4.16)
with superfunction $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ defined by equality

$`S_{[1]}(\theta )S_{[1]}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),C(\theta ))=𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))+S_1(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),C(\theta )).`$ (4.17)
Conditions (4.3a,b) are obviously fulfilled for superfunction $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$

$`(\widehat{N}_{min}(\theta ),\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta ))S_{[1]}(\theta )=(\widehat{N}_{min}(\theta ),,\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta ))S_1(\theta )=(0,0)\mathrm{gh}(S_{[1]}(\theta ))=0.`$ (4.18)
At last extend the system (4.16) to HS of the form

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^{p_{min}}(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^{p_{min}}(\theta ),S_{[1]}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta )))_\theta ^{min},p_{min}=\overline{1,2(n+m)},S_{[1]}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))S_{[1]}(\theta ).`$ (4.19)
Theory of superfields $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^{p_{min}}(\theta )`$ being described by superfunction $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ leads to HS (4.19) not satisfying to solvability condition for GThGT \[not forgetting on presence of HCHF (4.5b) and formally having continued the relation (4.6) into $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$: $`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))`$ = $`(\frac{d_r𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )}{d\theta }`$ $`+`$ $`(1)^{\epsilon _ı}S_{[1]},_ı(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{\mathrm{min}}(\theta )))`$ we already obtain the GCHF and therefore from initial GThST the GThGT, so that $`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{\mathrm{min}}(\theta ))_{C(\theta )=0}`$ = $`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(𝒜(\theta ))`$\]. The unsolvability for Eq.(4.19) follows from the nonfulfilment of Eq.(2.2) for $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ in the whole $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$ (see Statement 5.4 in )

$`(S_{[1]}(\theta ),S_{[1]}(\theta ))_\theta ^{min}={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )(_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı},_{ȷ}^{}(𝒜(\theta ))_0{}_{\beta }{}^{ȷ}(𝒜(\theta ))(1)^{\epsilon _\alpha \epsilon _\beta }(\alpha \beta ))\times `$
$`C^\beta (\theta )C^\alpha (\theta )(1)^{\epsilon _\alpha +1}_2(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),C(\theta ))0,`$ (4.20)
$`(\mathrm{mindeg}_C,\mathrm{deg}_C,\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )_2(\theta )=(2,2,1,1,0,1).`$ (4.20b)
Thus the equation

$`(S_{[1]}(\theta ),S_{[1]}(\theta ))_\theta ^{min}=0`$ (4.21)
is valid only with accuracy up to the 1st degree with respect to superfields $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$. Moreover, the necessary condition of an ordinary solvability for Eq.(4.21) in correspondence with Statement 5.3  holds. Really, the rank ($`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon `$) of Hesse supermatrix according to assumptions $`1_H`$, $`2_H`$, Corollary 1.2 from Ref. and taking (4.7), (4.12) into account is given by relations

$`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_r}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^p(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_{[1]}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^q(\theta )}}_{\mathrm{\Sigma }\{𝒜_{0ı}^{}(\theta ),C_0^\alpha (\theta )\}}=\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_r}{\phi _{min}^a(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_{[1]}(\theta )}{\phi _{min}^b(\theta )}}_{\mathrm{\Sigma }\{𝒜_{0ı}^{}(\theta ),C_0^\alpha (\theta )\}}=`$
$`n+2m^Pm\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon }T_{odd}^{}_{min},`$ (4.22)
$`\phi _{min}^a(\theta )=(𝒜^A(\theta ),𝒜_\alpha ^{}(\theta ),C^\alpha (\theta )),\phi _{amin}^{}(\theta )=(𝒜_A^{}(\theta ),𝒜^\alpha (\theta ),C_\alpha ^{}(\theta )),`$
$`a,b=((A,\alpha ,\alpha ),(B,\beta ,\beta )),A,B=\overline{1,nm},\alpha ,\beta =\overline{1,m}.`$ (4.22)
This fact is seen especially simple in the point from $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$ with coordinates

$`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0min}^{p_{min}}(\theta )=(\mathrm{\Phi }_0^{A_{min}}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{0A_{min}}^{}(\theta ))=((𝒜_0^ı(\theta ),0),(0,0)),`$ (4.23)
in which supermatrix (4.22a) has the form

$`{\displaystyle \frac{_r}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^p(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_{[1]}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^q(\theta )}}_{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0min}^{p_{min}}(\theta )}=\begin{array}{c}\begin{array}{ccccccc}& 𝒜^B& 𝒜^\beta & 𝒜_B^{}& 𝒜_\beta ^{}& C^\beta & C_\beta ^{}\end{array}\\ \begin{array}{ccccccc}𝒜^A\hfill & 𝒮_0,_{AB}(𝒜_0)(1)^{\epsilon _A}& K_{A\beta }^{12}& & & & \\ 𝒜^\alpha \hfill & K_{\alpha B}^{21}& K_{\alpha \beta }^{22}& & & & \\ 𝒜_A^{}\hfill & & & & & & \\ 𝒜_\alpha ^{}\hfill & & & & & _0{}_{\beta }{}^{\alpha }(𝒜_0)& \\ C^\alpha \hfill & & & & _0{}_{\alpha }{}^{\beta }(𝒜_0)& & \\ C_\alpha ^{}\hfill & & & & & & \end{array}\end{array}=`$ (4.34)
$`\begin{array}{c}\begin{array}{ccccc}& 𝒜^ȷ& 𝒜_ȷ^{}& C^\beta & C_\beta ^{}\end{array}\\ \begin{array}{ccccc}𝒜^ı\hfill & 𝒮_0,_{ıȷ}(𝒜_0)(1)^{\epsilon _ı}& & & \\ 𝒜_ı^{}\hfill & & & _0{}_{\beta }{}^{ı}(𝒜_0)& \\ C^\alpha \hfill & & _0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ȷ}(𝒜_0)& & \\ C_\alpha ^{}\hfill & & & & \end{array}\end{array},\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^p(\theta )=(𝒜^ȷ(\theta ),𝒜_ȷ^{}(\theta ),C^\beta (\theta ),C_\beta ^{}(\theta )),\hfill \\ \mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}^q(\theta )=(𝒜^ı(\theta ),𝒜_ı^{}(\theta ),C^\alpha (\theta ),C_\alpha ^{}(\theta )),\hfill \\ ı=(A,\alpha ),ȷ=(B,\beta ),\hfill \\ A,B=\overline{1,nm},\alpha ,\beta =\overline{1,m}.\hfill \end{array}`$ (4.47)
Under sign ”$``$” in the above supermatrices it should be understood the zero values. The signs of $`𝒜^ı(\theta )`$, $`𝒜^ȷ(\theta ),\mathrm{}`$ point out the enumeration of the columns and rows for these supermatrices. $`_0{}_{\beta }{}^{\alpha }(𝒜_0(\theta ))`$ appears by nondegenerate supermatrix with value for its rank with respect to $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$ $`(\epsilon )`$ being equal to $`m`$ $`(m^P)`$ by virtue of linear independence of $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ))`$ and identities (4.9). At last the subsupermatrices $`K_{A\beta }^{12}`$, $`K_{\alpha B}^{21}`$, $`K_{\alpha \beta }^{22}`$ appear by linear combinations of the corresponding rows and columns of the nondegenerate supermatrix $`𝒮_0,_{AB}(𝒜_0)`$ and therefore do not give a nonvanishing contribution into rank value of supermatrix (4.24).

To fulfill the Eq.(4.21) together with condition (4.22) it is necessary to modify $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ by means of special superfunction $`S_2(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))`$ to be now quadratic with respect to $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$. Moreover the modified Eq.(4.21) for superfunction

$`S_{[2]}(\theta )S_{[2]}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))=S_{[1]}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))+S_2(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))`$ (4.48)
in general case having the form

$`(S_{[2]}(\theta ),S_{[2]}(\theta ))_\theta ^{min}=_3(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))+_4(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta )),`$ (4.49a)
$`(\mathrm{mindeg}_C,\mathrm{deg}_C,\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )_k(\theta )=(k,k,1,1,0,1),k=3,4.`$ (4.26b)
will be satisfied with accuracy up to $`O(C^2(\theta ))`$. Naturally in (4.26b) it is taken into account the continuation of the ghost number and Grassmann gradings properties from $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ onto $`S_{[2]}(\theta )`$

$`\widehat{N}_{min}(\theta )S_2(\theta )=0,(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )S_2(\theta )=(0,0,0).`$ (4.27)
It does not arise from (4.27), in general, but from the construction of $`S_{[2]}(\theta )`$ itself with respect to right-hand side of Eq.(4.20a) it follows that $`S_2(\theta )`$ may be chosen in the form not explicitly depending upon $`\theta `$. Thus, conditions (4.27) determine $`S_2(\theta )`$ as more than quadratic addition to $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$, and therefore $`S_2(\theta )`$ does not influence on value of rank (4.22) written for $`S_{[2]}(\theta )`$ in its calculating on the supersurface $`\mathrm{\Sigma }\{𝒜_{0ı}^{}(\theta ),C_0^\alpha (\theta ),C_{0\alpha }^{}(\theta )=0\}`$ in view of the expression

$`(\mathrm{mindeg}_{CC^{}},\mathrm{mindeg}_{𝒜^{}C})S_2(\theta )\{(3,4),(3,0),(0,4)\}.`$ (4.28)
One can construct the HS with respect to $`S_{[2]}(\theta )`$ (4.25) being by deformation for HS (4.19) in powers of $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$ having replaced to this end the $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ on $`S_{[2]}(\theta )`$ in the last equations. Obtained HS will not be solvable again by virtue of the fact that $`_k(\theta )0,`$ $`k=3,4`$ in (4.26a).

The deformation process of $`S_{[2]}(\theta )`$ in powers of $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$ by means of special superfunction $`S_3(\theta )`$ addition, constructed with respect to $`_3(\theta )`$ in order to the superfunction $`S_{[3]}(\theta )`$ = $`(S_{[2]}`$ \+ $`S_3)(\theta )`$ would satisfy to Eq.(4.26a) with accuracy up to $`O(C^3(\theta ))`$ and so on may be continued in the framework, for instance, of polynomial theory (i.e. $`𝒮_0(\theta )`$, $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(\theta )`$ are the polynomials on $`𝒜^ı(\theta ))`$ with respect to $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta )`$ and on a definite stage of $`S_{\mathrm{}}(\theta )`$ construction will be broken satisfying to Eq.(4.26a) for $`S_{[\mathrm{}]}(\theta )`$ in all powers of $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$. Thus, the procedure of superfunction $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ deformation in superfield form by components of higher powers of $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$ in order to satisfy to Eq.(4.20a) and therefore, in agreement with Statement 5.4 from paper , to solvability of corresponding HS of the type (4.19) is described.

The construction of superfunction $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))`$, $`s=min`$ taking values in $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_1(\theta ;𝐑)`$

$`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))S_{[\mathrm{}]}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))=𝒮_0(\theta )+{\displaystyle \underset{k1}{}}S_k(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )),(\mathrm{mindeg}_C,\mathrm{deg}_C)S_k(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))=(k,k),`$ (4.29)
satisfying to the equation (usually called the master equation or generating equation of gauge algebra )

$`(S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )),S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )))_\theta ^s=0,\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )T_{odd}^{}_s,s=min,`$ (4.30)
to the conditions (4.22) without change of the Lagrangian surface, parametrized by $`\phi _{min}^a(\theta )`$, and to the following equations for $`s=min`$

$`(\widehat{N}_s(\theta ),\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta ),\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))=(0,0,0,0,0),`$ (4.31)
appears by the result of the produced procedure. Corresponding solvable HS has the form

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )))_\theta ^s,s=min`$ (4.32)
and possesses by $`S_{Hmin}(\theta )`$ as one’s integral. Besides HCHF(4.5b) are the additional conditions to HS (4.32).

The following equation is represented by principal one appearing by virtue of validity of the Statement 5.5 from Ref. for the II class GThGT, being described by $`S_{Hmin}(\theta )`$, by the consequence of the Eq.(4.30)

$`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))=0,\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )T_{odd}^{}_s,s=min.`$ (4.33)
Briefly the algorithm of construction of the II class GThGT given on $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$, being defined by superfunction $`S_{Hmin}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))`$, starting from the I class original GThGT given on $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ with $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )`$, in general, not appearing by integral for HS determined with respect to the latter superfunction (therefore being unsolvable), may describe in the form of following operations sequence realization:

1) The restriction by means of ghost number and operator $`\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta )`$ of the I class original GThGT determined on $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ $`\times `$ $`\{\theta \}`$ with $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )`$ to the II class GThST given on $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ with superfunction $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`C^k(_{cl})`$ (with additional HCHF $`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(𝒜(\theta ))`$). This stage is described by relations (4.1)–(4.5);

2) Join of HS for the II class GThST with $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$ and system of the 1st order on $`\theta `$ n ODE in the normal form, describing GTST for $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$ in $`T_{odd}_{cl}`$ $`\times `$ $`_C`$ and obtaining the superfunction $`S_{[1]}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),C(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`C^k((T_{odd}^{}_{cl})`$ $`\times _C)`$. That step is described by the formulae (4.10a)–(4.12), (4.16)–(4.18);

3) The extension of the almost HS from the 2nd stage to HS in $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ defined by means of $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ and obtaining of GThGT but not yet of the II class. The set of formulae (4.19)–(4.24) corresponds to this step;

4) Deformation of $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ in powers of $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$ with obtaining of $`S_{Hmin}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))`$ determining the II class GThGT. The mathematical description starting from formula (4.25) to Eq.(4.33) inclusively corresponds to that stage.

Definite moments of $`S_{Hmin}(\theta )`$ construction beginning from $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$, in particular the possibility of $`S_k(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))`$ construction with respect to the right-hand side of the preceding equation for $`S_{[k1]}(\theta )`$ for the $`k`$th degree on $`C^\alpha (\theta )`$, require the demonstrative verification.

Therefore formulate the obtained results in the form of theorem (without its proof here)

Theorem 1 (Existence of a solution for the classical master equation in $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{min})`$)

A solution for equation (4.30) in fulfilling of the conditions (4.31), boundary condition

$`\mathrm{a})S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))_{\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )=0}=𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta )),s=min,`$ (4.34)
b) an existence of the Lagrangian surface $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{min}`$ $``$ $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$ parametrized by coordinates $`\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta )`$ ($`(\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta ),\phi _s^{b_s}(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)}`$ = $`0`$, $`a_s`$ = $`1,\mathrm{},n_s`$, $`n_{min}`$ = $`[A_{min}]=n+m`$) so that on the supersurface $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Sigma }\{𝒜_{0ı}^{}(\theta ),C_0^\alpha (\theta ),C_{0\alpha }^{}(\theta )\}`$ the formula holds

$`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_r}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_{Hs}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta )}}_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}}=\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_r}{\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_{Hs}(\theta )}{\phi _s^{b_s}(\theta )}}_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}}=`$
$`nm+2m^P\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon }T_{odd}^{}_{min},p_s,q_s=\overline{1,2n_s},s=min`$ (4.35)
and $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0min}^{p_{min}}(\theta )`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{min}`$ ($`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0min}^{p_{min}}(\theta )`$ is defined in (4.23)), in class of superfunctions $`S_{Hmin}(\theta )`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{min})`$ with representation (4.29) exists.

Having realized the 1st step of the procedure for constructing of the II class GThGT, connected with transition from $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),\theta )`$ to $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$, for the obtained II class GThST with HCHF (4.5b) the identities (4.9) are written equivalently in terms of vector fields $`\widehat{}_{0\alpha }(\theta )`$ over $`_{cl}`$ with basis $`\{\frac{}{𝒜^ı(\theta )}\}`$ in the form

$`\widehat{}_{0\alpha }(\theta )𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))=0,\widehat{}_{0\alpha }(\theta )=_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta )){\displaystyle \frac{}{𝒜^ı(\theta )}}.`$ (4.36)
The supercommutator of two arbitrary operators $`\widehat{}_{0\alpha }(\theta )`$, $`\widehat{}_{0\beta }(\theta )`$ naturally defined in the linear space of vector fields must vanish in calculating on $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$ just as for $`\widehat{}_{0\alpha }(\theta )`$ themselves

$`[\widehat{}_{0\alpha }(\theta ),\widehat{}_{0\beta }(\theta )]_s𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))=0.`$ (4.37)
The last fact by virtue of completeness for the set of GGTST $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ))`$ means that the coordinates of the vector field $`[\widehat{}_{0\alpha }(\theta ),\widehat{}_{0\beta }(\theta )]_s`$ have the following general form

$`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı},_{ȷ}^{}(\theta )_0{}_{\beta }{}^{ȷ}(\theta )(1)^{\epsilon _\alpha \epsilon _\beta }(\alpha \beta )=_0{}_{\gamma }{}^{ı}(\theta )_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{\gamma }(𝒜(\theta ))𝒮_0,_ȷ(\theta )_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{ıȷ}(𝒜(\theta )),`$ (4.38)
with superfunctions $`_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{\gamma }(𝒜(\theta ))`$, $`_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{ıȷ}(𝒜(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`C^k(_{cl})`$ possessing by vanishing ghost numbers values and following $`\epsilon _P`$, $`\epsilon _{\overline{J}}`$, $`\epsilon `$ parities and symmetry properties as well

$`\begin{array}{ccccc}& \epsilon _P& \epsilon _{\overline{J}}& \epsilon & \\ & & & & \\ _0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{\gamma }(\theta )\hfill & 0& \epsilon _\gamma +\epsilon _\alpha +\epsilon _\beta & \epsilon _\gamma +\epsilon _\alpha +\epsilon _\beta & \\ _0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{ıȷ}(\theta )\hfill & 0& \epsilon _ı+\epsilon _ȷ+\epsilon _\alpha +\epsilon _\beta & \epsilon _ı+\epsilon _ȷ+\epsilon _\alpha +\epsilon _\beta & ,\hfill \end{array}`$ (4.42)
$`_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{\gamma }(\theta )=(1)^{\epsilon _\alpha \epsilon _\beta }_0{}_{\beta \alpha }{}^{\gamma }(\theta ),_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{ıȷ}(\theta )=(1)^{\epsilon _ı\epsilon _ȷ}_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{ȷı}(\theta )=(1)^{\epsilon _\alpha \epsilon _\beta }_0{}_{\beta \alpha }{}^{ıȷ}(\theta ).`$ (4.39b)
Relationships (4.36), (4.38) partially define the gauge algebra of GTST with its generators $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ))`$. The comparison of (4.38) with the form of $`_2(\theta )`$ in (4.20a) permits to transform $`_2(\theta )`$ and then to obtain the explicit form for $`S_2(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))`$

$`_2(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{cl}(\theta ),C(\theta ))={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )[_0{}_{\gamma }{}^{ı}(\theta )_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{\gamma }(\theta )+𝒮_0,_ȷ(\theta )_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{ıȷ}(\theta )]C^\beta (\theta )C^\alpha (\theta )(1)^{\epsilon _\alpha },`$ (4.40a)
$`S_2(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))=[{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}C_\gamma ^{}(\theta )_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{\gamma }(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{1}{4}}𝒜_ı^{}(\theta )𝒜_ȷ^{}(\theta )_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{ıȷ}(\theta )(1)^{\epsilon _ı}]C^\beta (\theta )C^\alpha (\theta )(1)^{\epsilon _\alpha }.`$ (4.40b)
Thus $`Q(𝒮_0)`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{Ker}\{𝒮_0,_ı(\theta )\}`$ is not only by affine $`C^k(_{cl})`$-module but appears by a special form superalgebra with respect to supercommutator $`[,]_s`$.

## V Classical Master Equation in $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$

In principle, superfunction $`S_{Hmin}(\theta )`$ is already suitable to construct the generating functional of Green’s functions in view of the properness (4.35) for solution of Eq.(4.30) in the terminology of works . As it have been already mentioned it is usually impossible to do the such step in the Lagrangian quantization procedure without violation of locality and irreducibility with respect to indices of $`T_{\overline{J}}`$ representation.

Let us extend $`S_{Hs}(\theta )C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ from value of $`s=min`$ to $`s=ext`$ in a such way that the latter superfunction leads to the II class GThGT in $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$. By boundary condition for that extension it appears the following restriction for $`S_{Hext}(\theta )`$ $``$ $`S_{Hext}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))`$

$`S_{Hext}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))_{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{aux}(\theta )=0}=S_{Hmin}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta )).`$ (5.1)
All other properties of $`S_{Hmin}(\theta )`$ either are literally inherited by $`S_{Hext}(\theta )`$ or are specially modified.

Theorem 2 (Existence of a solution for the classical master equation in $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$)

A solution of the equation

$`(S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )),S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )))_\theta ^s=0,\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )T_{odd}^{}_s,s=ext`$ (5.2)
under validity of the system

$`(\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta ),\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))=(0,0,0,0,0),s=ext`$ (5.3)
and in fulfilling of the additional conditions

$`\mathrm{a})S_{Hext}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))_{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{aux}(\theta )=C(\theta )=0}=𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta )),`$ (5.4)
b) an existence of the Lagrangian surface $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_sT_{odd}^{}_s`$ parametrized by coordinates $`\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta )`$, $`a_s=1,\mathrm{},n_s`$ ($`n_{ext}=n+3m`$) so that on the supersurface $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_{ext}`$ $``$ $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}\{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0aux}^{p_{aux}}(\theta )\}`$ $``$ $`T_{odd}^{}_s`$ the relations hold

$`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_r}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_{Hs}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta )}}_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_{ext}}=\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_r}{\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_{Hs}(\theta )}{\phi _s^{b_s}(\theta )}}_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_{ext}}=`$
$`n+2m^P+m\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon }T_{odd}^{}_{ext}=n+n^P+3(m+m^P),p_s,q_s=\overline{1,2n_s},s=ext,`$ (5.5)
$`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0ext}^{p_{ext}}(\theta )=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0min}^{p_{min}}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0aux}^{p_{aux}}(\theta ))=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0min}^{p_{min}}(\theta ),0)\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext},`$ (5.6)
($`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0min}^{p_{min}}(\theta )`$ is given in (4.23)) in class of superfunctions $`S_{Hs}(\theta )`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$, $`s=ext`$ with representation

$`S_{Hext}(\theta )=S_{Hmin}(\theta )+{\displaystyle \underset{k1}{}}S_k(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))S_{Hmin}(\theta )+S_{Haux}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta )),`$
$`(\mathrm{mindeg}_{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{aux}},\mathrm{deg}_{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{aux}})S_k(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))=(k,k)`$ (5.7)
exists.

Remarks:

1) Solutions $`S_{Hs}(\theta )`$, $`s=min,ext`$ in (4.30), (5.2) are not uniquely determined in the framework of the conditions for Theorems 1,2;

2) Lagrangian surfaces $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_s`$, $`s=min,ext`$ are not uniquely defined by means of conditions of the above Theorems as well. Fixing of the quadratic parts for superfunctions $`S_{Hs}(\theta )`$ = $`{}_{}{}^{0}S_{Hs}^{}(\theta )`$ \+ $`S_{Hs\mathrm{nl}}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{deg}_{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s}{}_{}{}^{0}S_{Hs}^{}(\theta )=2`$ determines $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_s`$, $`s=min`$, $`ext`$ to be essentially unique in that sense for $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_s`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{0s}`$ corresponding to $`S_{Hs}(\theta )`$, $`{}_{}{}^{0}S_{Hs}^{}(\theta )`$ that under conditions of the Theorems 1,2 the coordinates $`\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta )`$, $`\phi _{0s}^{a_s}(\theta )`$ parametrizing $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_s`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{0s}`$ respectively are connected by the relationships

$`\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta )=\phi _{0s}^{a_s}(\theta )+_s^{a_s}(\phi _{0s}(\theta ),\phi _{0s}^{}(\theta )),\mathrm{mindeg}_{\phi _{0s}\phi _{0s}^{}}_s^{a_s}(\phi _{0s}(\theta ),\phi _{0s}^{}(\theta ))2.`$ (5.8)
Coordinates $`(\phi _s^{a_s},\phi _{a_s,s}^{})(\theta )`$ on $`T_{odd}^{}_s`$, $`s=min`$, $`ext`$ appear by anticanonically conjugate pairs. Grassmann parities, ghost numbers for $`\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta )`$, $`\phi _{0s}^{a_s}(\theta )`$, $`_s^{a_s}(\theta )`$ can be chosen by coinciding for fixed $`a_s`$. Thus, fixing of the explicit form for $`𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta ))`$, $`_0{}_{\alpha }{}^{ı}(𝒜(\theta ))`$ determines $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{min}`$ in the essentially unique way;

3) in fixing of $`S_{Hmin}(\theta )`$ in series (5.7) by the conditions of Theorem 1 and under inclusion $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{min}`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}`$ it is possible to represent the Lagrangian surface $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}`$ in the form

$`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{min}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{aux},\mathrm{\Lambda }_{min}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{aux}=0,\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon }\mathrm{\Lambda }_{aux}=2m,`$ (5.9)
where $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{aux}`$ is defined by means of quadratic part of $`S_{Haux}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))`$ with respect to $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{aux}(\theta )`$;

4) to solve the problem on covariant construction of the generating functional of Green’s functions starting from the II class GThGT being defined by $`S_{Hmin}(\theta )`$ it is sufficient, in general, to deform the superfunction $`S_{Hmin}(\theta )`$ to $`S_{H(min,\overline{C})}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{(min,\overline{C})}(\theta ))`$ given on $`T_{odd}^{}_{(min,\overline{C})}`$. In this connection it is necessary to write in Theorem 2 the values $`(min,\overline{C})`$, $`n_{(min,\overline{C})}`$ = $`n+2m`$ instead of values $`ext`$, $`n_{ext}`$ and the value of rank in (5.5) must be given by the following supernumber

$`n+2m^P\mathrm{dim}_{𝐊,\epsilon }T_{odd}^{}_{(min,\overline{C})}=n+n^P+2(m+m^P).`$ (5.10)
In fact the superfunction

$`S_{H(min,\overline{C})}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{(min,\overline{C})}(\theta ))=S_{Hmin}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta ))+{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\sigma ^{\alpha \beta }(\theta )\overline{C}{}_{\alpha }{}^{}(\theta )\overline{C}{}_{\beta }{}^{}(\theta ),`$
$`\sigma ^{\alpha \beta }(\theta )=P_0(\theta )\sigma ^{\alpha \beta }(\theta )=(1)^{\epsilon _\alpha \epsilon _\beta }\sigma ^{\beta \alpha }(\theta ),\mathrm{rank}\sigma ^{\beta \alpha }(\theta )=m`$ (5.11)
satisfies to Theorem 2 in this case.

In the framework of the remark 3) the equation (5.2) with allowance made for validity of (4.30) leads to fulfilment of the following one

$`2(S_{Hmin}(\theta ),S_{Haux}(\theta ))_\theta ^{min}+(S_{Haux}(\theta ),S_{Haux}(\theta ))_\theta ^{ext}=0.`$ (5.12)
By its particular solution it appears, for instance, the superfunction

$`\stackrel{~}{S}_{Haux}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{aux}(\theta ))=\overline{C}{}_{\alpha }{}^{}(\theta )B^\alpha (\theta ),(\mathrm{mindeg}_{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{aux}},\mathrm{deg}_{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{aux}},\mathrm{deg}_{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}})\stackrel{~}{S}_{Haux}(\theta )=(2,2,0).`$ (5.13)
Thus, the superfunction $`\stackrel{~}{S}_{Hext}(\theta )`$

$`\stackrel{~}{S}_{Hext}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))=S_{Hmin}(\theta )+\overline{C}{}_{\alpha }{}^{}(\theta )B^\alpha (\theta ),`$ (5.14)
satisfies both to the requirements of Theorem 2 with $`\phi _{aux}^{a_{aux}}(\theta )`$ = $`(\overline{C}{}_{\alpha }{}^{}(\theta )`$, $`B^\alpha (\theta ))`$ and to conditions (5.9). Part of $`\stackrel{~}{S}_{Hext}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))`$ being invariant with respect to involution $``$ and therefore having the form $`P_0(\theta )\stackrel{~}{S}_{Hext}(\theta )`$ appears by none other than the Batalin-Vilkovisky action given for irreducible gauge theories for $`\mathrm{}=0`$

$`S_{BV}(P_0\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))=P_0(\theta )\stackrel{~}{S}_{Hext}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))=(P_0(\theta )\stackrel{~}{S}_{Hext}(\theta ))^{}.`$ (5.15)
It appears by important the remark about way of representation for Eqs.(4.30), (5.2) if to make use the transformation of operators $`\stackrel{}{U}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{V}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )`$ by means of relationships (2.50), (2.51). Namely having chosen

$`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))=S_{is}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ))_i(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta )),i=1,2,s\{cl,min,(min,\overline{C}),ext\},`$ (5.16a)
$`_1(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ))=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{A_s}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta ),_2(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ))=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A_s,s}{}^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{A_s}(\theta ),`$ (5.16b)
we obtain in substituting of (5.16) into (5.2), for fixed $`s`$ in (5.16a), the equations on $`S_{is}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`S_{is}(\theta )`$ in more difficult for investigation forms

$`\frac{1}{2}(S_{1s}(\theta ),S_{1s}(\theta ))_\theta ^s+\stackrel{}{U}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )S_{1s}(\theta )=0,\frac{1}{2}(S_{2s}(\theta ),S_{2s}(\theta ))_\theta ^s+\stackrel{}{V}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )S_{2s}(\theta )=0.`$ (5.17)
At last, note that $`S_{Hext}(\theta )`$ in the framework of the Theorem 2 conditions determines HS (4.32) and equation of the form (4.33) for $`s=ext`$. The last equation is valid in this case being by consequence for Eq.(5.2) (for $`s=ext`$). The latter conclusion appears by important distinction of GSQM from BV method  where Eq.(4.33) in general has not taken place.

## VI Quantum Master Equation in $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$

By following stage in procedure of the GSQM construction one appears the deformation of the II class GThGT defined by $`S_{Hext}(\theta )`$ in powers of $`\mathrm{}`$ to the II class GThGT with superfunction

$`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})={\displaystyle \underset{n0}{}}\mathrm{}^nS_{Hs}^{(n)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )),S_{Hs}^{(0)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )),`$ (6.1a)
$`(\mathrm{mindeg}_{\mathrm{}},\mathrm{deg}_{\mathrm{}})S_{Hs}^{(n)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))=(0,0),S_{Hs}^{(n)}(\theta )C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s),s=ext.`$ (6.1b)
### VI.1 Quantum Master Equation for GSQM

Theorem 3 (Existence of a solution for the quantum master equation in $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$)

A solution of the equation

$`(S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}),S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^s=0,s=ext`$ (6.2)
under validity of the relationships

$`(\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta ),\widehat{N}_s(\theta ),\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})=(0,0,0,0,0),s=ext`$ (6.3)
and fulfilment of the additional conditions \[a) boundary condition and b) of necessity for solution to be ”proper”\]

$`\mathrm{a})S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})_{\mathrm{\Gamma }_{aux}(\theta )=C(\theta )=\mathrm{}=0}=𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta )),`$ (6.4)
b) an existence of the Lagrangian surface $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_s(\mathrm{})`$ parametrized by coordinates $`\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ = $`\underset{n0}{}\mathrm{}^n\phi ^{(n)}{}_{s}{}^{a_s}(\theta )`$, $`\phi ^{(n)}{}_{s}{}^{a_s}(\theta )`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$, $`a_s=\overline{1,n_s}`$ so that on the supersurface $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_{ext}`$ the relations are fulfilled for $`s=ext`$

$`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_r}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta )}}_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_s}=\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_r}{\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta ,\mathrm{})}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\phi _s^{b_s}(\theta ,\mathrm{})}}_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_s}=n+2m^P+m,`$ (6.5)
$`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0ext}^{p_{ext}}(\theta )=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0min}^{p_{min}}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0aux}^{p_{aux}}(\theta ))\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}(\mathrm{}),`$ (6.6)
in class of superfunctions $`S_{Hext}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$ exists.

Remarks 1)–4) written after Theorem 2 with corresponding modifications are also valid for the II class GThGT with $`S_{Hext}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$. In addition one can require, in a natural way, the fulfilment of the Theorem 3 for $`s=min`$, $`(min,\overline{C})`$ as well. Moreover the following representation holds

$`\mathrm{\Lambda }_s(\mathrm{})_{\mathrm{}=0}=\mathrm{\Lambda }_s,\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta ,\mathrm{})_{\mathrm{}=0}=\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta ).`$ (6.7)
Coordinates $`(\phi _s^{a_s}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$, $`\phi _{a_s,s}^{}(\theta ,\mathrm{}))`$ are connected with initial $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$ by means of an anticanonical transformation. Finally, the corresponding solvable HS has the form

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^s,sC_1=\{min,(min,\overline{C}),ext\}.`$ (6.8)
Remark: Superfunction $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ both for $`\mathrm{}=0`$ and $`\mathrm{}0`$ does not correspond to a some equivalent superfunction $`S_{Ls}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}_s)`$ in the Lagrangian formulation for GSTF because of impossibility to realize the Legendre transform for $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ with respect to $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{A_s,s}^{}(\theta )`$. In the framework of the Theorems 2,3 conditions it leads, in general, to invalidity of the relationships (4.1b), (4.6) for HS constructed with respect to $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$. However as it have been already mentioned the HCHF (4.5b) are inherited by the continued superfield model.

According to the Statement 5.5 from Ref. the fulfilment of the following equation appears by the consequence of Eq.(6.2)

$`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})=0,\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )T_{odd}^{}_s,s=ext.`$ (6.9)
Theorem 3 for $`\mathrm{}=0`$ has as one’s corollaries the Theorems 1,2 for corresponding values of $`s`$. Eq.(6.2) being iteratively solved in powers of $`\mathrm{}`$ is equivalent to the system of equations

$`(\mathrm{mindeg}_{\mathrm{}},\mathrm{deg}_{\mathrm{}})`$ $`=(0,0):`$ $`(S_{Hs}^{(0)}(\theta ),S_{Hs}^{(0)}(\theta ))_\theta ^s=0,`$
$`=(1,1):`$ $`(S_{Hs}^{(0)}(\theta ),S_{Hs}^{(1)}(\theta ))_\theta ^s=0,`$
$`\mathrm{}`$ $`\mathrm{}`$ $`\mathrm{}`$
$`=(n,n):`$ $`{\displaystyle \underset{k=0}{\overset{n}{}}}(S_{Hs}^{(k)}(\theta ),S_{Hs}^{(nk)}(\theta ))_\theta ^s=0.`$ (6.10)
By necessary and sufficient condition for the existence of a solution for system (6.10) appears the resolvability (in the usual sense) of the 1st equation, i.e. the validity of Theorem 2.

### VI.2 BV Type Quantum Master Equation

A set of solutions for Eq.(6.2) for $`sC_1`$ taking of its consequence (6.9) into account is embedded (but is not equivalent) into one of solutions for ordinary (standard ) quantum master equation

$`\frac{1}{2}(S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{}),S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta ^s=ı\mathrm{}\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ (6.11)
being equivalently represented in the form of linear differential equation

$`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})\right\}=0.`$ (6.12)
Eq.(6.12), in general, may contain the solutions with summands to be not less than linear in powers of $`\mathrm{}`$ and not satisfying to Eq.(6.2) (in terms of the equivalent system (6.10) not satisfying to one’s own subsystem with exception of the 1st equation in (6.10)).

One can formulate the analog of Theorem 3 for Eq.(6.12). To this end it is sufficient to replace formally the Eq.(6.2) onto Eq.(6.12). The similar analogs one can write for $`sC_1`$.

In the framework of local field theories the Eq.(6.12) contains with respect to indices of $`\overline{J}`$ supergroup the usual $`\delta `$-function and its derivatives calculated in 0 ($`\delta (0)`$, $`_\mu \delta (0)`$) so that a regularization of the such expressions, for instance, in the form $`\delta (0)`$ = $`_\mu \delta (0)`$ = $`0`$ (as in the dimensional one) leads to the fact that solution for Eq.(6.12) appears by solution for (6.2).

The HS defined with respect to $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ being by solution of Eq.(6.12), but not of Eqs.(6.2), (6.9), does not satisfy to the solvability conditions . In particular, in correspondence with Statement 5.6  it means both the absence, in general case, of nilpotency for corresponding translation generator along formal integral curves for that HS $`s_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$  and the fact that superfunction $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ does not appear by integral for mentioned HS and does not vanish under operator $`s_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ action defined by following relationship in acting on an arbitrary $`(\theta )`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$

$`s_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})(\theta )=\mathrm{ad}_{S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})}(\theta )(1)^{\epsilon ()}=(S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{}),(\theta ))_\theta ^s(1)^{\epsilon ()},sC_1.`$ (6.13)
Eqs.(4.30), (5.2), (6.2), their consequences of the form (6.9) and Eq.(6.11) as well do not depend upon different choices of local coordinates $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$ connected with each other via anticanonical transformations in view of antibracket $`(,)_\theta ^s`$ and operator $`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )`$ invariance with respect to these transformations. That fact permits to find the such coordinates $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{}^{}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )`$ in which the superfunctions $`S_{Hs}(\theta )`$, $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ remaining invariable on their values will have the simplest form of dependence upon $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{}^{}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )`$.

On the other hand from nonuniqueness of solutions for Eqs.(6.2), (6.12) it follows the possibility of $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ transformation not directly connected with anticanonical ones under which these superfunctions are converted into others, depending on the same local coordinates $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$ just as the initial $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ and satisfying to the same equations.

## VII Nontrivial Arbitrariness in Solutions of Master Equations

By global nontrivial arbitrariness (GNA) in solutions of Eq.(6.12) let us call the following transformation of corresponding superfunctions $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$

$`\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Psi }_s;\theta ,\mathrm{})\right\}=\mathrm{exp}\left\{\widehat{T}_1^s(\theta )(\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))\right\}\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})\right\}`$ (7.1)
with the 2nd order with respect to $`\frac{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}`$ operator $`\widehat{T}_1^s(\theta )`$ defined by relation

$`\widehat{T}_1^s(\theta )=[\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta ),]_s,(\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\widehat{T}_1^s(\theta )=(1,1,0,1).`$ (7.2)
From the requirement of satisfaction by $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Psi }_s;\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ to the conditions of Theorem 3 analog formulated for Eq.(6.12) it follows the necessary properties for $`\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ with its representability in the form of the type (6.1) series in powers of $`\mathrm{}`$

$`(\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta ),\widehat{N}_s(\theta ),\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})=(0,1,1,0,1),sC_1.`$ (7.3)
The 1st order operator $`\widehat{T}_1^s(\theta )\left(\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})\right)`$ is given by the explicit expression

$`\widehat{T}_1^s(\theta )(\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))=[\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta ),\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})]_+=\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )(\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))\mathrm{ad}_{\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})}.`$ (7.4)
The fact, that $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Psi }_s;\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ satisfies to Eq.(6.12), if $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ had appeared by the solution for the same equation arises from commutativity of the operator (7.4) and $`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )`$

$`[\widehat{T}_1^s(\theta )(\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})),\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )]_{}=0.`$ (7.5)
Consider for Eq.(6.2) the GNA in the form (7.1) defined with respect to superfunction $`\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ additionally satisfying to equation

$`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})=0.`$ (7.6)
Then from (7.4) it follows the representation for $`\widehat{T}_1^s(\theta )\left(\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})\right)`$

$`\widehat{T}_1^s(\theta )\left(\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})\right)=\mathrm{ad}_{\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})}.`$ (7.7)
One can show the formula (7.1) is transformed to the expression

$`S_{Hs}(\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s;\theta ,\mathrm{})=\mathrm{exp}\left\{\mathrm{ad}_{\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})}\right\}S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{}).`$ (7.8)
From the last relation with allowance made for identity (7.5) applied to the operator (7.7) it follows that together with (6.12) the equation holds

$`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )S_{Hs}(\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s;\theta ,\mathrm{})=0,`$ (7.9)
which means in its turn the fulfilment of Eq.(6.2) for $`S_{Hs}(\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s;\theta ,\mathrm{})`$.

Thus, a subset of GNA transformations for Eq.(6.12) with additional condition (7.6) on $`\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ transfers a solution for Eq.(6.2) into solution again with conservation of the consequence (7.9) validity for new solution.

## VIII Quantum Master Equations in $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$

### VIII.1 Quantum Master Equation for GSQM in $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$

Consider according to paper  the deformation of the II class GThGT with superfunction $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ satisfying to Eq.(6.2) in powers of superfields $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )`$ in order to the validity of Theorem 3 would remain invariable for deformed superfunction $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$, $`sC_1`$.

Theorem 4: (Existence of a solution for the quantum master equation in $`D_s^k`$)

A solution of the equation

$`(S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}),S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^s=0,sC_1,`$ (8.1)
under validity of the Eqs.(6.3), a) boundary condition

$`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})_{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{}(\theta )=\mathrm{\Phi }_{aux}(\theta )=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_{aux}(\theta )=\mathrm{}=0}=𝒮_0(𝒜(\theta )),`$ (8.2)
b) an existence of the Lagrangian surface $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_s(\mathrm{})T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ parametrized by coordinates $`\stackrel{~}{\phi }_s^{a_s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $`D_s^k`$, $`a_s=\overline{1,n_s}`$, so that the condition (6.5) holds on the possibly deformed by superfields $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta )`$ supersurface $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_s`$ $``$ $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ together with $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0ext}^{p_{ext}}(\theta )`$ having the form as in (6.6), in class of superfunctions $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$ exists.

Although a dependence upon $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )`$ in Eq.(8.1) is parametric one but the properties and interpretation of the corresponding formal gauge theory appear by essentially different in comparison with ones for $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$.

The fulfilment of Eq.(8.1) does not guarantee a realizability of Eq.(6.9) in $`D_s^k`$ for $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )`$ $`0`$. This is related with the fact that Eq.(8.1) itself, antibracket of 2 arbitrary superfunctions given on $`D_s^k`$ and operator $`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )`$ calculated on $`(\theta )`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$ are not already invariant with respect to anticanonical transformations. This invariance is restored only in restricting of $`D_s^k`$ to $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$. Therefore Eq.(6.9) for $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ appears by independent equation with respect to (8.1) and must be considered additionally.

Corresponding system of 2$`n_s`$ ODE defined with respect to $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ from Theorem 4 both for $`\mathrm{}=0`$ and $`\mathrm{}0`$ has the form of the 1st order on $`\theta `$ system of $`2n_s`$ ODE

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^s,sC_1`$ (8.3)
not already being in normal form and therefore loses a number of properties for solutions of the real HS. Call the system (8.3) by the HS type system.

Formally the last system by virtue of Eq.(8.1) is solvable but is not covariant with respect to anticanonical transformations. The generator $`\stackrel{~}{s}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ being formally defined with help of action on arbitrary $`(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$

$`\stackrel{~}{s}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\theta ,\mathrm{})=\mathrm{ad}_{S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})}(\theta ,\mathrm{})(1)^{\epsilon ()}+{\displaystyle \frac{_r(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\theta }},sC_1`$ (8.4)
is nilpotent and transfers $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})D_s^k`$ into zero.

### VIII.2 BV Type Quantum Master Equation in $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$

Analogously to Theorem 4 one can write down the formulation for Existence Theorem of a solution for equation of the form (6.11) with $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$ representing the deformation of superfunction $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$, satisfying to mentioned equation, in powers of $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )`$. To this end it is sufficient to replace the relation (8.1) in Theorem 4 onto formula with equation

$`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}(S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}),S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^s=ı\mathrm{}\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}),`$
$`(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ))T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s),sC_1.`$ (8.5)
Corresponding HS type system given in the form (8.3) now is not formally solvable. Operator $`\stackrel{~}{s}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ (8.4) constructed with respect to $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ from Eq.(8.5) is not nilpotent and does not possess by this superfunction (i.e. $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$) as one’s eigenfunction with zero eigenvalue.

By remarkable case it appears the fact that GNA (7.1), with $`\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$ satisfying to the conditions (7.3), transfers an any solution for (8.5) into solution $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Psi }_s;\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$ again. Among such transformations there exists a subset with superfunction $`\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$ satisfying to (7.6) so that GNA (7.1) in the form (7.8) transfers solutions of Eqs.(8.1), (6.9) for $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ in their solutions $`S_{Hs}(\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s;\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ again.

Remark: HS or HS type system corresponding to $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ or $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$, $`sC_1`$ satisfying, for instance, to Eqs.(6.1) or (8.5) respectively are modified under GNA to HS and HS type system defined with respect to $`S_{Hs}(\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s;\theta ,\mathrm{})`$, $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Psi }_s;\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ from $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$, $`D_s^k`$.

### VIII.3 Trivial Arbitrariness in Master Equations Solutions in <br>$`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$

The structure of supermanifolds $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$, $`sC_1`$ permits to specify the another type of transformations for solutions of Eqs.(8.1), (8.5) being different from GNA (7.1).

Define the so-called global trivial arbitrariness (GTA) in a choice of solutions for Eq.(8.5) transferring its solution $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$ into corresponding one of the form $`S_{Hs}^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$ by the formula

$`S_{Hs}^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})+\stackrel{}{𝒲}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )\mathrm{\Psi }_{1s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}),`$
$`(\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta ),\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\mathrm{\Psi }_{1s}(\theta ,\mathrm{})=(0,1,1,0,1),\mathrm{\Psi }_{1s}(\theta ,\mathrm{})D_s^k,sC_1.`$ (8.6)
In addition the superfunction $`\mathrm{\Psi }_{1s}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ must satisfy to the equation

$`{\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}(\stackrel{~}{}_{1s}(\theta ,\mathrm{}),\stackrel{~}{}_{1s}(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta ^s+(\stackrel{~}{}_{1s}(\theta ,\mathrm{}),S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta ^s=ı\mathrm{}\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )\stackrel{~}{}_{1s}(\theta ,\mathrm{}),`$ (8.7a)
$`\stackrel{~}{}_{1s}(\theta ,\mathrm{})=\stackrel{}{𝒲}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )\mathrm{\Psi }_{1s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})D_s^k.`$ (8.7b)
GTA for Eq.(8.1) is described by the same relations (8.6), (8.7) but without operator $`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )`$ in (8.7a), whereas for the equation

$`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})=0`$ (8.8)
is given by formula (8.6) but instead of relationship (8.7) the following one must be fulfilled

$`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )\stackrel{}{𝒲}{}_{+}{}^{s}(\theta )\mathrm{\Psi }_{1s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})=0.`$ (8.9)
## IX Gauge Fixing

### IX.1 Gauge Fixing Procedure in $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$

Theorems 2,3 together with their BV similar analogs permit to present a parametrization for $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}(\mathrm{})`$ in terms of variables $`\phi _{ext}^a(\theta )`$, $`a=1,\mathrm{},n+3m`$, containing both $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{min}^A(\theta )`$ and $`\mathrm{\Phi }_{Amin}^{}(\theta )`$.

As it had been already mentioned the explicit construction of $`\phi _{ext}^a(\theta )`$ leads to violation of locality and covariance relative to indices of $`T_{\overline{J}}`$ representation. The standard problem of $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}(\mathrm{})`$ modification, in satisfying of the Theorems 2,3 conditions, to $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}^{}(\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$ $``$ $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$ arises with parametrization of $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$ only by superfields $`\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )`$ in changing of local coordinates system $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}^{p_{ext}}(\theta )`$ in a such way that its subsystem consisting from $`\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )`$ remains invariable providing the direct connection with original superfield classical theory. Resolution of the problem in question is realized by means of two different ways with respect to modification of $`S_{Hext}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$:

1) with help of phase anticanonical transformation (AT) in the class of Abelian hypergauges;

2) by means of application of GNA operation to solutions of Eqs.(6.2), (6.11) for $`s=ext`$.

Theorem 5 (on modification of $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}(\mathrm{})`$ to $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$)

A phase AT exists: $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{}^{}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta )`$ = $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{}^{}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$, $`s=ext`$ a such that $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ satisfying to Eq.(6.2) is transformed into $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ satisfying to the same equation. For latter superfunction the boundary condition (6.4) is true and the condition to be ”proper” (6.5) is fulfilled both for $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}(\mathrm{})`$ and for $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$ parametrized by $`\phi _{ext}^a(\theta )`$ and $`\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )`$ respectively.

Proof of the Theorem is based in the presentation of mentioned transformation by the explicit formulae with additional requirement of the $`\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon `$ and ghost gradings conservation for new $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )`$ coordinates in the same form as for the old $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$ ones

$`\mathrm{\Phi }^{}{}_{}{}^{B}(\theta )=\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{B}{}^{}(\theta )=\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta )+\mathrm{\Psi }_B(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )),B=1,\mathrm{},n+3m,`$ (9.1a)
$`(\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta ),\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\mathrm{\Psi }_B(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))=(0,\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }^B)1,(\epsilon _P)_B+1,(\epsilon _{\overline{J}})_B,\epsilon _B+1).`$ (9.1b)
The nontrivial condition to be anticanonical for the change of variables (9.1) follows from the potentiality of the expression

$`(\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{B}{}^{}(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}={\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_A(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )}}(1)^{\epsilon _A\epsilon _B}{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_B(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}=0,`$ (9.2)
in its turn arising from definition of arbitrary AT: $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ))`$, $`sC_0`$ by means of the relationships taking account of (2.41d)

$`(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{}^{}{}_{s}{}^{p_s}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Gamma }_{}^{}{}_{s}{}^{q_s}(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)}=\omega _s^{p_sq_s}(\theta ),sC_0.`$ (9.3)
A local solution of Eqs.(9.2) determines superfunctions $`\mathrm{\Psi }_A(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ through the phase of AT $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$ (usually being called by the gauge fermion for $`\theta =0`$ )

$`\mathrm{\Psi }_A(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}+C_A(\theta ),(\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))=(1,1,0,1),`$ (9.4)
with the choice for arbitrary constants $`C_A(\theta )`$ to be equal to 0 being consistent with restrictions on $`\mathrm{\Psi }_A(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$.

The definition of AT by means of relations (9.3) implies the invariance of the antibracket calculated on any $`(\theta )`$, $`𝒥(\theta )`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}\times \{\theta \})`$

$`((\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\theta ),𝒥(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)}=(^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\theta ),𝒥^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{})},`$
$`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )=\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )),𝒦(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\theta )=𝒦^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\theta ),𝒦\{,𝒥\}.`$ (9.5)
From formula of $`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )`$ definition through antibracket

$`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\omega _{q_sp_s}(\theta )(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta ),)_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)})_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)}(1)^{\epsilon _{q_s}},\omega _{q_sp_s}(\theta )=(1)^{\epsilon _{p_s}\epsilon _{q_s}}\omega _{p_sq_s}(\theta )=`$
$`=P_0(\theta )\omega _{q_sp_s}(\theta ),\omega _{q_sp_s}(\theta )=\begin{array}{cc}0_{n_s}& 1_{n_s}\\ 1_{n_s}& 0_{n_s}\end{array},\omega _s^{d_sq_s}(\theta )\omega _{q_sp_s}(\theta )=\delta ^{d_s}{}_{p_s}{}^{},sC_0`$ (9.8)
it follows the invariance of the form of action for operator $`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )`$ on an arbitrary $`(\theta )`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}\times \{\theta \})`$

$`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\theta )=\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\theta ),\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )=\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta ),`$ (9.9)
where in the 2nd expression it is taken into account that the operator $`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )`$ is given through $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )`$ according to formula (9.6) and coincides with $`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )`$ being by the invariant of AT itself.

Having expressed of $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ through the new coordinates $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )`$ obtain the following representation for $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$

$`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{}(\theta )+{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta )}},\mathrm{})S_{}^{}{}_{Hs}{}^{\mathrm{\Psi }_s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}).`$ (9.10)
In (9.8) the notation for any $`(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ is introduced as follows

$`(\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{}(\theta )+{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta )}},\mathrm{})=e^{\mathrm{ad}_{\mathrm{\Psi }_s}}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})^{\mathrm{\Psi }_s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}).`$ (9.11)
It follows from (9.8) taking into account of (7.1), (7.8) that $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ has the form

$`e^{\mathrm{ad}_{\mathrm{\Psi }_s}}S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_{Hs}((\mathrm{\Psi }_s);\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}).`$ (9.12)
Relations (9.10) determine the fact that for new superfunction $`S_{Hs}^{}`$ given by the formula (under AT (9.1), (9.8))

$`S_{Hs}^{}=S_{Hs}f_s^1,\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )=f_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )),\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )=f_s^1(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )),f_s=(\mathrm{𝟏}_{\mathrm{\Phi }_s},(e^{\mathrm{ad}_{\mathrm{\Psi }_s}})_{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{}}),`$ (9.13)
the representation written on equality of coordinates $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )`$ is true

$`S_{Hs}^{}=e^{\mathrm{ad}_{\mathrm{\Psi }_s}}S_{Hs}=S_{Hs}e^{\mathrm{ad}_{\mathrm{\Psi }_s}},s=ext`$ (9.14)
meaning that $`S_{Hs}^{}`$ is obtained from $`S_{Hs}`$ by means of GNA (7.1) with superfunction $`\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_{ext}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ satisfying among them to Eq.(7.6). $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ satisfies both to Eq.(6.2) and to its consequence (6.9).

A choice of $`\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ from the nondegeneracy requirement for supermatrix of the 2nd derivatives of $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ with respect to $`\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )`$ under restriction onto $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_{ext}\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$

$`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )}}_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_{ext}}=n+m+2m^P,`$ (9.15)
leads to the following necessary conditions on the gauge fermion $`\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$

$`1)`$ $`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{}{C^\beta (\theta )}}(\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )),S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)}_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_{ext}}=m^P,`$ (9.16)
$`2)`$ $`\mathrm{rank}_\epsilon {\displaystyle \frac{_l\mathrm{\Psi }_s,_ı(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))}{\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )}}_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Sigma }}_{ext}}=m^P.`$ (9.17)
The contents of the new $`\phi _{ext}^a(\theta )`$ and old coordinates $`\phi _{ext}^a(\theta )`$, connected through AT (9.1), for original $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}(\mathrm{})`$ described in Theorem 3 is differred, whereas the ones of new $`\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )`$ and old superfields $`\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )`$ under the same AT parametrizing $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}^{}(\mathrm{})`$ coincide.

It appears a so-called minimal the choice of gauge fermion for transition to $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$ in the form

$`\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))=\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )\chi _\alpha (𝒜(\theta )),`$ (9.18)
which in general permits to pass to $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\mathrm{\Phi }_{(min,\overline{C})}}`$ for superfunction $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$ for $`s`$ = $`(min,\overline{C})`$. Formula (9.16) defines the gauge called in BV method for $`\theta =0`$ by singular whereas the nonsingular one has the representation for $`s=ext`$

$`\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))=\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{\alpha }(\theta )(\chi _\alpha (𝒜(\theta ))+g_{\alpha \beta }(\theta )B^\beta (\theta )),g_{\alpha \beta }(\theta )=P_0(\theta )g_{\alpha \beta }(\theta ),\mathrm{sdet}g_{\alpha \beta }(\theta )0.`$ (9.19)
From Theorem 5 proof it follows that phase AT (9.1) is equivalently given for $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ by means of GNA operation (7.1). The last conclusion is remarkable by the fact that it is sufficient in $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ to shift the argument of superantifields $`\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta )`$ on $`\left(\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )}\right)`$ to determine $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$. It should be noted the restriction of $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ (9.8) onto hypersurface defined by equations $`\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{}(\theta )=0`$ leads to the following superfunction

$`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{})_{\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{}(\theta )=0}=\widehat{S}_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )}},\mathrm{})`$ (9.20)
being nondegenerate on $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$ and belonging to $`C^k(_{ext})`$.

Remarks:

1) In ignoring of the above-mentioned requirements of covariance and locality but with preservation of the given Grassmann parities and ghost numbers distribution for superfields, superantifields under AT one can describe with help of Theorem 5 the all essentially different Lagrangian surfaces on which the condition b) from Theorems 2,3 is realized, in the sense of their distinct parametrizations in terms of new coordinates $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )`$. The number of such hypersurfaces including $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}(\mathrm{})`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$ is equal to $`2^m`$;

2) the investigation of the correspondence of an arbitrary GNA (7.1) and AT remains out the present paper’s scope;

3) the extension of the application field for Theorem 5 relative to GThGT, being described by $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ satisfying to Eq.(6.11), is literally realized by replacement of Eq.(6.2) onto (6.11) in the formulation of that Theorem.

Corollary 5.1 (on HS being defined by $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$)

HS defined by superfunction $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ = $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$, $`s=ext`$ obtained under AT (9.1)

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{})}`$ (9.21)
is equivalent to previous one given by $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$, $`s=ext`$ in the old coordinates $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$.

Proof: Taking into consideration the antibracket (9.5) invariance under AT and Leibnitz rule for antibracket we obtain

$`(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)}={\displaystyle \frac{_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ))}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta )}}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta ),S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{})},s=ext.`$ (9.22)
Quantities $`\frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )}{d\theta }`$ are transformed under AT by the rule

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ))}{d\theta }}={\displaystyle \frac{_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ))}{\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta )}{d\theta }},s=ext.`$ (9.23)
Finally the statement of Corollary directly follows from nondegeneracy of Jacobi supermatrix $`\frac{_r\mathrm{\Gamma }^{p_s}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Gamma }^{q_s}(\theta )}`$ in Eqs.(9.20), (9.21).

The formal change of $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )`$ onto initial coordinates $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$ in (9.19) leads to nonequivalent HS defined with respect to $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta )}},\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)}.`$ (9.24)
In this case in its subsystem corresponding to $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{A}(\theta )`$ the only summands in right-hand side for

$`\mathrm{deg}_{\mathrm{\Phi }_{add}}\left({\displaystyle \frac{S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}\right)1`$ (9.25)
coincide with corresponding ones in the right-hand side of analogous HS constructed with respect to initial $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$. Namely, HS (9.22)<sup>4</sup><sup>4</sup>4usually instead of expression $`\left(\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_s}{\mathrm{\Phi }}\right)`$ one writes $`\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_s}{\mathrm{\Phi }}`$ that is achieved by simple redefinition of $`\mathrm{\Psi }_s`$ $``$ $`(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)`$ plays the key role in BV method . This HS possesses by solvability property with corresponding translation generator with respect to $`\theta `$ along its integral curve

$`s_s^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\theta )(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{_r(\theta )}{\theta }}+((\theta ),S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)},(\theta )C^k(T_{odd}^{}_s\times \{\theta \}),s=ext`$ (9.26)
being by nilpotent and annuling $`S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$.

However the projection of solution for HS (9.22) on its subsystem

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta ),S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)}`$ (9.27)
with trivial other equations leads to the generator of translation with respect to $`\theta `$ along projection of solution for HS (9.22) onto system (9.25) of the form

$`\stackrel{~}{s}_s^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\theta )(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{_r(\theta )}{\theta }}+{\displaystyle \frac{(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta )}}`$ (9.28)
not being nilpotent but annuling $`S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$. The last generator $`\stackrel{~}{s}_s^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\theta )`$ appears for $`\theta =0`$, $`s=ext`$ by the generator of BRST transformations being applied in BV method on $`C^k(P_0(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}))`$. The restriction of $`\stackrel{~}{s}_s^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\theta )`$ on $`C^k(_{ext})`$ by the rule

$`\stackrel{~}{s}_s^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\theta )(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))_{\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )=0}={\displaystyle \frac{(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))}{\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta )}}_{\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )=0},s=ext`$ (9.29)
leads to the operator of BRST transformations for $`\theta =0`$ acting on $`C^k(P_0_{ext})`$ with the same properties as for $`\stackrel{~}{s}_s^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\theta )`$.

### IX.2 Gauge fixing in $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$

Theorem 6 (on modification of $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}(\mathrm{})`$ to $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$ for $`S_{Hext}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_{ext}^k`$)

There exist the GNA transformation for $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$, $`s=ext`$ satisfying to Eq.(8.1) (or (8.5)) and transferring $`S_{Hs}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ to a superfunction $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta );\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$, ($`\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$) satisfying to Eq.(8.1) (or (8.5)) as well. Moreover the following conditions must be realized in question

a) for $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta );\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ the boundary conditions (8.2) remains valid;

b) condition of properness (point b) in Theorem 4) is fulfilled both for $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{ext}(\mathrm{})`$ and for $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$ parametrized by $`\stackrel{~}{\phi }_s^{a_s}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )`$ respectively.

Proof: Formulae (7.8) for Eq.(8.1) and (7.1) for (8.5) respectively but with $`\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ and $`\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ from $`D_s^k`$ satisfying to conditions (9.14), (9.15) for irreducible GThGT solve the problem formulated in Theorem 6 with superfunctions

$`S_{Hs}(K_s(\theta );\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_{Hs}^{(K_s)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}),K_s(\theta )\{\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta )\}._{\mathrm{}}`$ (9.30)
In Theorem 6 it is shown that the role of $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_{ext}(\theta )`$ under GNA transformations is only parametric one. For GThGT in $`D_{ext}^k`$ under last Theorem conditions the remarks about minimal gauge fermion (9.16), (9.17) and on the number $`2^m`$ of essentially different Lagrangian surfaces (on which the property of properness for $`S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ is fulfilled) are valid as well. At last as the superfunction $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ in (9.28) one can choose its restriction on hypersurface $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta )`$ = $`0`$ that in fact is described in Theorem 5.

The following HS type system is formally defined with respect to $`S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),`$ $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta ),S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)},s=ext`$ (9.31)
not being equivalent to system (8.3) just as for the case of $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta )`$ = $`0`$ in Eqs.(9.22). All its properties have been described above for Eqs.(8.3). In particular, the generators of translations of the form (9.24), (9.26), (9.27) constructed from Eqs.(9.29) possess literally the same properties and having the operators (9.24), (9.26), (9.27) as the one’s own boundary conditions for $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_{ext}(\theta )`$ = $`0`$ respectively.

Systems (9.22) (and (9.19), (6.8) for $`\mathrm{\Psi }_s=0`$ as well), but not (9.29) (and (8.3) for $`\mathrm{\Psi }_s=0`$ as well) can be obtained from the variational problem on extremum for the superfunctional

$`Z_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}[\mathrm{\Gamma }_s,\mathrm{}]={\displaystyle 𝑑\theta \left(\frac{1}{2}\mathrm{\Gamma }^{p_s}(\theta )\omega _{p_sq_s}(\theta )\frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{q_s}(\theta )}{d\theta }S_{Hs}^{(\mathrm{\Psi }_s)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})\right)}.`$ (9.32)
GNA transformation for $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $`D_s^k`$ is not equivalent to a possibility of arbitrary AT realization even of phase AT with $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$. Really, the invariance of antibracket does not follow from definition of anticanonicity for AT: $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )`$ = $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$, $`(\theta )`$, $`𝒥(\theta )`$ $``$ $`D_s^k`$, $`s=ext`$

$`((\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\theta ),𝒥(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s)}(^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{}(\theta ),\theta ),𝒥^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{}(\theta ),\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{})},`$
$`𝒦^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{}(\theta ),\theta )=𝒦(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta )),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{}(\theta )),\theta ),𝒦\{𝒥,\},`$ (9.33)
that is now connected with more than parametric dependence upon $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta )`$ under ATs of elements from $`D_s^k`$ (see (9.21)). Therefore, not only the generating equations (8.1), (8.5) do not preserve one’s form even under phase AT but the corresponding transformed HS type system (8.3) has not the Hamiltonian form (8.3), (9.29) in new coordinates.

Explicitly we have under AT (9.1) for $`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ taking account of (9.31)

$`S_{Hs}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_s^{}(\theta )+{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta )}},\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{s}{}^{}(\theta )+\stackrel{}{U}{}_{1}{}^{s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_s(\theta )}},\mathrm{})`$
$`=\mathrm{exp}(\mathrm{ad}_{\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta )}+\left(\stackrel{}{U}{}_{1}{}^{s}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_s(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }^{A_s}(\theta )}}\right){\displaystyle \frac{}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A_s}{}^{}(\theta )}})S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{}).`$ (9.34)
The 2nd summand in exponent is not described by means of GNA transformations and therefore its exponential function does not commute with $`\mathrm{\Delta }^s(\theta )`$. The only linear AT are the exceptions for above-mentioned case. In particular, antibracket for any $`(\theta )`$, $`𝒥(\theta )D_s^k`$ is invariant under linear AT and hence $`S_{Hs}^{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{s}{}^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ satisfies to the equations of the same form and HS type system constructed with respect to this superfunction is equivalent to previous one (8.3).

For the case in question the linear phase AT (9.1) with phase $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ being at most the quadratic one with respect to superfields $`\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )`$ satisfies to this problem. It means for gauge fermion (9.16), (9.17) the linear choice of the gauge superfunctions

$`\chi _\alpha (𝒜(\theta ))=\kappa _{\alpha ı}(\theta )𝒜^ı(\theta ),P_0(\theta )\kappa _{\alpha ı}(\theta )=\kappa _{\alpha ı}(\theta ).`$ (9.35)
Therefore it is possible to simplify the form of $`S_{Hext}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ for $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_{ext}(\theta )0`$ in superalgebra $`D_{ext}^k`$ in the main by means of GNA, GTA transformations without violation of Eqs.(8.1), (8.5) form.

## X Functional Integral, Generating Functionals <br>of Green’s Functions

Let us define for Abelian hypergauge given by means of superfunctions

$`G_B(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))=\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta )+{\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))}{\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )}}=0,`$ (10.1a)
$`(G_B(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )),G_A(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}=0,A,B=1,\mathrm{},n+3m`$ (10.1b)
in correspondence with (9.1) the generating functional (superfunction) of Green’s functions by the formula

$`Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))={\displaystyle }d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})+𝒥_A^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ))\right\},`$ (10.2a)
$`(\stackrel{~}{P}_1(\theta ),\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )Z(\theta )=(0,0,0,0,0).`$ (10.2b)
Integration measure $`d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )`$ in (10.2a) is defined by formal relation

$`d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{A}{\overset{r}{}}}d\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ),A=1,\mathrm{},[r](\mathrm{for}\mathrm{fixed}\theta )`$ (10.3)
with infinite formal product of measures with respect to all possible values of index $`A=1,\mathrm{},n+3m`$. According to footnote after (9.23) the sign of $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ in (10.2a) is replaced on opposite one in contrast to (9.18), (9.22).

The new additional to $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_{ext}(\theta )`$ superfields $`𝒥_A^{}(\theta )`$ were introduced in (10.2) defined on $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$ and being transformed with respect to supergroup $`J`$ superfield representation $`\stackrel{~}{T}`$ (being conjugate to $`T`$  with respect to $`\epsilon `$-even nondegenerate bilinear form), playing the role of sources for Green’s functions (superfunctions) and possessing the properties

$`(\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )𝒥_A^{}(\theta )=(\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }^A),\epsilon _P(\mathrm{\Phi }^A),\epsilon _{\overline{J}}(\mathrm{\Phi }^A),\epsilon _A).`$ (10.4)
Therefore superfunction $`Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ belongs to $`D_{ext}^k`$ $`\times `$ $`C^l(_𝒥^{})`$, $`l\mathrm{}`$, where $`_𝒥^{}`$ is a set parametrized by various configurations of the superfields $`𝒥_A^{}(\theta )`$. In what follows we will call $`𝒥_A^{}(\theta )`$ by supersources. All properties of the superalgebra $`D_{ext}^k`$ are naturally continued onto superalgebra $`D_{ext}^k\times C^l(_𝒥^{})`$.

### X.1 Functional Integral of Superfunctions

Let us define an functional integral (FI) of superfunctions as quasi-Gaussian superfunctions on B-algebra  (in the framework of perturbation theory) with given and sufficient set of generating elements being by superfields which are transformed with respect to completely definite supergroup $`J`$ superfield representation and depend on fixed $`\theta `$ by scheme described, for instance, in Ref. for $`\theta =0`$. To this end introduce for Gaussian superfunction

$`_G(\theta )=_G(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ),\theta )=\mathrm{exp}\left[{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}\left({\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )S_{AB}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )+𝒥_A^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )\right)\right]`$ (10.5)
the FI of the form

$`{\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )_G(\theta )}=\mathrm{sdet}^{\frac{1}{2}}\mathrm{}^1S_{AB}^{s_1}(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left({\displaystyle \frac{ı}{2\mathrm{}}}𝒥_A^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Lambda }^{AB}(\theta )𝒥_B^{}(\theta )\right),`$ (10.6)
$`\mathrm{\Lambda }^{AB}(\theta )=(S^{s_1}(\theta ))^{1AB}(1)^{\epsilon _B},\mathrm{\Lambda }^{T_1}(\theta )=\mathrm{\Lambda }(\theta )`$ (10.7)
with $`T_1`$-symmetric supermatrix $`S_{AB}^{s_1}`$ defined in the following way

$`S_{AB}^{s_1}(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}S_{AB}(\theta )+S_{AB}^{T_1}(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}\begin{array}{cc}S_{1AB}+S_{1AB}^T& S_{2AB}S_{3AB}^T\\ S_{3AB}S_{2AB}^T& S_{4AB}S_{4AB}^T\end{array}(\theta ).`$ (10.10)
The nondegeneracy of supermatrix (10.8) is defined by its $`P_0(\theta )`$-component supermatrix .

Let us define the following FI

$`{\displaystyle }d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{(A)_k}(\theta )_G(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{_l^k}{\left(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥_{A_1}^{}(\theta )\right)\mathrm{}\left(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥_{A_k}^{}(\theta )\right)}}{\displaystyle }d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )_G(\theta )=`$
$`\mathrm{sdet}^{\frac{1}{2}}\mathrm{}^1S_{AB}^{s_1}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l^k}{\left(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥_{A_1}^{}(\theta )\right)\mathrm{}\left(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥_{A_k}^{}(\theta )\right)}}\mathrm{exp}\left({\displaystyle \frac{ı}{2\mathrm{}}}𝒥_A^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Lambda }^{AB}(\theta )𝒥_B^{}(\theta )\right).`$ (10.11)
One can calculate by means of (10.9) the FIs of quasi-Gaussian superfunctions of the form

$`_{qG}(\theta )=_{qG}(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ),\theta )=(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\theta )_G(\theta ),`$ (10.12a)
$`(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\theta )={\displaystyle \underset{l0}{}}_{(A)_l}(\theta )\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{(A)_l}(\theta ),(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\theta )C^k(_{ext}\times \{\theta \}).`$ (10.10b)
Taking representation (10.10) into consideration we obtain the basic relationship to calculate of arbitrary FIs in question

$`{\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )_{qG}(\theta )}={\displaystyle \underset{k0}{}}{\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )_{(A)_k}(\theta )\frac{_l^k}{\left(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥_{A_1}^{}(\theta )\right)\mathrm{}\left(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥_{A_k}^{}(\theta )\right)}_G(\theta )}=`$
$`({\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\left(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥^{}(\theta )\right)}},\theta ){\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )_G(\theta )}=`$
$`\mathrm{sdet}^{\frac{1}{2}}\mathrm{}^1S_{AB}^{s_1}(\theta )({\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\left(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥^{}(\theta )\right)}},\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left({\displaystyle \frac{ı}{2\mathrm{}}}𝒥_A^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Lambda }^{AB}(\theta )𝒥_B^{}(\theta )\right).`$ (10.11)
FI (10.11) satisfies to the standard properties of FI . At first the result of its calculation does not depend on the integration order. The FI is invariant under shifts of integration variable and vanishes in calculating of the total superfield derivative on $`\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )`$ of an arbitrary superfunction over any of the integration trajectories. A derivative with respect to parametric superfunction in acting on the integrand is commutative with the sign $`𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )`$. The $`\theta `$-superfield analog for change of variables formula in FI is valid. The way to introduce of superfunctional $`\delta `$-function has the following integral representation provided by introduction of new superfields $`𝒫_A(\theta )`$

$`\delta (\mathrm{}^1\phi (\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )))={\displaystyle 𝑑𝒫(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}\phi ^A(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))𝒫_A(\theta )\right)},`$ (10.12a)
$`(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )𝒫_A(\theta )=(\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\phi ^A(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )),\phi ^A(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))C^k(_{ext}),`$ (10.12b)
where the equations

$`y^A(\theta )=\phi ^A(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )),\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )=\mathrm{\Psi }^A(y(\theta )),`$ (10.13)
have unique solutions respectively for unknown superfields $`\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )`$ in the 1st subsystem in (10.13) and for unknowns $`y(\theta )`$ in the 2nd one.

### X.2 Generating Functionals of Green’s Functions

Let us rewrite FI (10.2a) by means of formula (10.12) in the form

$`Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))={\displaystyle }d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )d\lambda (\theta )d\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta )d\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta )d\pi (\theta )\times `$
$`\mathrm{exp}\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}(S_H(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta ),\mathrm{})+(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta )\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta ))\pi ^A(\theta )+`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}[(\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta ))\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))]\lambda ^A(\theta )+𝒥_A^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ))\},`$ (10.14)
with both the new independent set of superantifields $`\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta )`$ together with their derivatives on $`\theta `$ $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{B}{}^{}(\theta )`$ and superfields $`\lambda ^B(\theta )`$, $`\pi ^B(\theta )`$ being by the new generating elements of corresponding B-algebra  and possessing by the properties

$`(\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\lambda ^A(\theta )=(\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }^A)+1,\epsilon _P(\mathrm{\Phi }^A)+1,\epsilon _{\overline{J}}(\mathrm{\Phi }^A),\epsilon _A+1),`$
$`(\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _{\overline{J}},\epsilon )\pi ^A(\theta )=(\mathrm{gh}(\mathrm{\Phi }^A),\epsilon _P(\mathrm{\Phi }^A),\epsilon _{\overline{J}}(\mathrm{\Phi }^A),\epsilon _A).`$ (10.15)
The third summand in the exponent (10.14) can be rewritten with regard for definition (10.1a) in the form

$`{\displaystyle \frac{}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}[(\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_B^{}(\theta ))\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))]\lambda ^A(\theta )=G_A(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))\lambda ^A(\theta ).`$ (10.16)
Remark: There is not a necessity in integration variables $`\pi ^B(\theta )`$ and $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{B}{}^{}(\theta )`$ for $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$ in FI (10.14). In addition the result of integration with respect to above superfields is trivially equal to $`\mathrm{sdet}\mathrm{}\delta ^A{}_{B}{}^{}`$ in any case.

Introduce the generating functional (superfunction) of connected correlated Green’s functions by the relation

$`W(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))={\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}\mathrm{ln}Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ (10.17)
and effective action (EA) by means of Legendre transform of $`W(\theta )`$ with respect to supersources $`𝒥_A^{}(\theta )`$ with help of the average superfields $`\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )`$ introduction

$`\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{_lW(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))}{𝒥_A^{}(\theta )}},`$ (10.18a)
$`𝚪(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))=W(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))𝒥_A^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ),`$ (10.18b)
where $`𝒥_A^{}(\theta )`$ are expressed as functions of $`\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )`$ from Eq.(10.18a). From (10.18) it follows

$`𝒥_A^{}(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{𝚪(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}.`$ (10.19)
Remark: The superfunctions $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$, $`Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )`$, $`𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$, $`W(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )`$, $`𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`C^k(\stackrel{~}{T}_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$ and $`𝚪`$($`\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$, $`\stackrel{~}{T}_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$ = $`\{(𝒥_A^{}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta ))\}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$ = $`\{(\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta ))\}`$ present the real interest. All they are obtained by means of restriction of their analogs on hypersurface $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )=0`$ that corresponds to a parametric dependence of those superfunctions upon $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$.

### X.3 Properties of Generating Functionals

Let us define a so-called vacuum functional (superfunction)

$`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),0).`$ (10.20)
Translation with respect to $`\theta `$ of arbitrary $`(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`D_{ext}^k`$ along integral curve $`\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$ of the HS type system (9.29) with $`S_{Hs}^{\mathrm{\Psi }_s}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $``$ $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$, $`s=ext`$, being its integral, on a constant parameter $`\mu `$ $``$ $`{}_{}{}^{1}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{1}^{}(\theta )`$ has the form<sup>5</sup><sup>5</sup>5in what follows in Sec.X the value of sign s is equal to $`ext`$ and is omitted unless otherwise said

$`\delta _\mu (\theta ,\mathrm{})_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}={\displaystyle \frac{d_r(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{d\theta }}_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}\mu =`$
$`[{\displaystyle \frac{_r(\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}}(\theta ),\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\theta }}+((\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}}(\theta ),\theta ,\mathrm{}),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}}(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ]\mu `$ (10.21)
and generators (right and left respectively) of this transformation are defined by relationships

$`\delta _\mu (\theta ,\mathrm{})_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=s^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )(\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}}(\theta ),\theta ,\mathrm{})\mu =\mu s_l^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )(\theta ,\mathrm{})_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )},s_l^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\theta }}\mathrm{ad}_{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}.`$ (10.22)
The change of variables in $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$: $`\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta )`$ = $`\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ corresponding to HS type system (9.29)

$`\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)p}(\theta )=\mathrm{exp}\{\mu s_l^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )\}\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )=\mathrm{exp}\{\mu \mathrm{ad}_{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}\}\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )=\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )+\omega ^{pq}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_lS_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Gamma }^q(\theta )}}\mu `$ (10.23)
is given with help of action of the operator $`\widehat{T}_1(\mu S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}))`$ (7.4) and appears by AT (in the sense of definitions (9.3)) in $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$. Really, we obtain by means of all antibracket’s properties the proof of this fact explicitly

$`(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)p}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)q}(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}=\omega ^{pq}(\theta )\mu [((\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })},\mathrm{\Gamma }^q(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}(1)^{\epsilon _p}`$
$`(1)^{(\epsilon _p+1)(\epsilon _q+1)}(pq)]=\omega ^{pq}(\theta )+(\omega ^{pq}(\theta ),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}))^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}_\theta \mu =\omega ^{pq}(\theta ).`$ (10.24)
With allowance made for antibracket’s properties and generating equation (8.1) for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ the following formulae hold as well

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)p}(\theta )}{d\theta }}={\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}{\displaystyle \frac{d_r}{d\theta }}\left[(\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}\right]\mu ,`$ (10.25a)
$`s^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}={\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}(\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ),(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })})_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}=0,`$ (10.25b)
$`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{(1)p}(\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}^{}=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{p}(\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}^{}.`$ (10.25c)
At last in the case with $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$ satisfying to master equation (6.2) and to its consequence (6.9) the AT (10.23) not only has the change of variables Berezinian  under AT being equal to 1 but also the unit Berezinian for the corresponding change of variables under the same AT realized only on the coordinates of configuration space: $`\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )`$ $`\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )`$

$`\mathrm{Ber}{\displaystyle \frac{_l\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)p}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Gamma }^q(\theta )}}=\mathrm{exp}[\mathrm{Str}\mathrm{ln}\delta _q{}_{}{}^{p}(\theta )+{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Gamma }^q(\theta )}}(\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta ^\mathrm{\Gamma }\mu ]=`$
$`\mathrm{exp}\left[\mathrm{Str}\left({\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Gamma }^q(\theta )}}(\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta ^\mathrm{\Gamma }\mu \right)\right]=\mathrm{exp}\left(2\mu \mathrm{\Delta }(\theta )S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})\right),`$ (10.26)
$`\mathrm{Ber}{\displaystyle \frac{_l\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)A}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )}}=\mathrm{exp}\left(\mu \mathrm{\Delta }(\theta )S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})\right).`$ (10.26b)
In obtaining of (10.26) the representations for $`\mathrm{\Delta }(\theta )`$ of the form (2.44a) have been made use.

But if $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ belongs to $`D^k`$ and $`\mathrm{deg}_{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }`$ is more than $`0`$ then it is necessary for equality to 1 of the expressions (10.26) to require the fulfilment of Eq.(8.8) in question in addition to Eq.(8.1).

Theorem 7 (basic properties of $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$, $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$)

I. For the II class GThGT with $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$, solvable HS (9.22), superfunction $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ $``$ $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))_{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )=0}`$ in the representation (10.2a) the following statements are valid:

1) integrand in FI (10.2a) for $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ and superfunction $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ itself are invariant with respect to AT (10.23) for $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )=0`$, i.e. the formulae hold

$`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))=Z_\mathrm{\Psi }^{(1)}(\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )),`$ (10.27a)
$`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }^{(1)}(\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta ))={\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}S_H^{(1)\mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{})\right\}},S_H^{(1)\mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{});`$ (10.27b)
2) integrand in FI (10.2a) for $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ and $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ itself are invariant with respect to change of variables (10.23) for $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )=0`$

$`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))=Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )),`$ (10.28a)
$`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta ))={\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{})\right\}};`$ (10.28b)
3) under change of the gauge fermion $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ by the rule

$`\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))\mathrm{\Psi }^{(1)}(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))=\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ (10.29)
the such that $`S_H^{\mathrm{\Psi }+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ satisfies to the conditions of Theorem 5 (in particular, the hypothesis (9.13) for $`S_H^{\mathrm{\Psi }+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ is fulfilled on $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\mathrm{\Phi }`$ as well) the superfunction $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ does not depend upon a choice of gauge fermion $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ (10.29) with accuracy up to the 1st order with respect to $`\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$<sup>6</sup><sup>6</sup>6the sign $`o(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )))`$ is understood as follows $`\underset{\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )0}{lim}(\frac{o(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ))}{\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )})`$ = 0, where $``$ is a some norm in $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$

$`Z_{\mathrm{\Psi }+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))=Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))+o(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )))Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )).`$ (10.30)
II. For GThGT formally defined with respect to $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ with solvable HS type system (9.29) and $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ all statements from the 1st part are valid as well:

$`1)Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))=Z_\mathrm{\Psi }^{(1)}(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta ))`$ (10.31)
under AT (10.23);

$`2)Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))=Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta ))`$ (10.32)
under change of variables (10.23);

3) in the framework of hypothesis I.3) under formal exchange of Theorem 5 onto Theorem 6 the following expression is valid

$`Z_{\mathrm{\Psi }+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }}(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))=Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))+o(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )))Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )).`$ (10.33)
Remark: The notation $`(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ for average value of an arbitrary superfunction $`(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ $`D^k`$ with respect to $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ is introduced in relationships (10.30), (10.33) defined for $`𝒥^{}(\theta )`$ = 0 by the formulae

$`(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})=M\left((\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})\right)Z_\mathrm{\Psi }^1(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )),`$ (10.34)
$`M\left((\theta ,\mathrm{})\right)={\displaystyle }d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )(\theta ,\mathrm{})\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})\right\},`$ (10.35)
$`M\left((\theta ,\mathrm{})\right)=\left(({\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\left(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥^{}(\theta )\right)}},\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))\right)_{𝒥^{}(\theta )=0}.`$ (10.36)
These relations for $`𝒥^{}(\theta )0`$ are modified to following ones respectively

$`(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})_{𝒥^{}(\theta )}=M\left((\theta ,\mathrm{})\right)_{𝒥^{}(\theta )}Z^1(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta )),`$ (10.37)
$`M\left((\theta ,\mathrm{})\right)_{𝒥^{}(\theta )}={\displaystyle }d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )(\theta ,\mathrm{})\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})+𝒥_A^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ))\right\},`$ (10.38)
and in formula (10.36) it is necessary to take away from the right the restriction $`𝒥^{}(\theta )=0`$.

Proof: I. From the formula

$`d\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}S_H^{(1)\mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{})\right\}=d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\mathrm{Ber}{\displaystyle \frac{_l\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )}}\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})\right\}`$ (10.39)
being by definition the rule of change of integration variables in FI, from definitions (10.27b), formula (10.26b), consequence (6.9) for Eq.(6.2) written for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ it follows the validity of statement I.1) (10.27a) under AT (10.23);

I.2) Formula

$`d\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{})\right\}=d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\mathrm{Ber}{\displaystyle \frac{_l\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )}}\times `$
$`\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}\left(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})+(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}\mu \right)\right\},`$ (10.40)
arising from the rule for transformation of the measure in FI (10.28b) under change of variables (10.23), from expansion in Taylor’s series of $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ in powers of $`\delta _\mu \mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )`$ = $`\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )`$ in a neighbourhood of $`\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )`$ and from Eqs.(6.2), (6.9) written for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ proves the correctness of (10.28a). That fact taking into account of specific character of AT (10.23) permits to write equivalently for $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ not defined on $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$(!) the formulae

$`\stackrel{}{Z}_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=0,\delta _\mu Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=0.`$ (10.41)
Really regarding the operator $`\frac{d}{d\theta }`$ by commutative with sign $`𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )`$ (remind that $`\theta `$ is fixed in FI, i.e. is the parameter) and not acting onto integration variables, in this case $`\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )`$, we obtain correspondingly

$`\stackrel{}{Z}{}_{\mathrm{\Psi }}{}^{}(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))={\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )),`$ (10.42a)
$`\stackrel{}{Z}{}_{\mathrm{\Psi }}{}^{}(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}^{}={\displaystyle \frac{ı}{2\mathrm{}}}(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))=0.`$ (10.42b)
Thus one can say on invariance of $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ under its translation with respect to $`\theta `$ along $`\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$;

I.3) Taking into account of the relation

$`S_H^{\mathrm{\Psi }+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})=\mathrm{exp}\{\mathrm{ad}_{\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )}\}S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )+{\displaystyle \frac{\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )}},\mathrm{})=`$
$`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})+(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta +o(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )))`$ (10.43)
we obtain for $`Z_{\mathrm{\Psi }+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ the representation

$`Z_{\mathrm{\Psi }+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))={\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}\left[S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})+(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta +o(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ))\right]\right\}}.`$ (10.44)
Let us perform the change of variables (10.23) in FI (10.44) now with superfunction $`\mu (\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ $`C^k(_{ext})`$. This transformation does not appear by AT by virtue of fulfilment of the inequality following from (10.24)

$`(\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}(\mu (\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )),\mathrm{\Gamma }^q(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}(1)^{(\epsilon _p+1)(\epsilon _q+1)}(pq)0.`$ (10.45)
Properties I.1), I.2) for $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ for arbitrary $`\mu (\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ are not fulfilled. Operator $`\mu (\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))`$ $`\times \mathrm{ad}_{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}`$ in (10.23) not being now represented in the form of operator $`\widehat{T}_1(\widehat{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta ))`$ (7.7) and therefore does not appear by GNA operator for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$.

As a result the successive chain of the equalities holds

$`Z_{\mathrm{\Psi }+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta ))={\displaystyle }d\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}[S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{})+(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)})}`$
$`+o(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )))]\}={\displaystyle }d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\mathrm{Ber}{\displaystyle \frac{_l\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )}}\mathrm{exp}\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}[S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})+`$ (10.46)
$`(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}\mu +(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}+o(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )))+(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})]\},`$
$`\mathrm{mindeg}_{\mu (\theta )\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})=2,`$ (10.46b)
$`\mathrm{Ber}{\displaystyle \frac{_l\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)A}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }^B(\theta )}}=\mathrm{exp}\left((\mu (\theta ),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}\mu (\theta )\mathrm{\Delta }(\theta )S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})+o(\mu (\theta ))\right).`$ (10.46c)
Choosing $`\mu (\theta )`$ in the form

$`\mu (\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ))={\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )),`$ (10.47)
and taking into account the properties for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ mentioned in proving of I.1) and I.2) parts of Theorem we obtain

$`Z_{\mathrm{\Psi }+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))=Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))+{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}{\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )o(\delta \mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )))\mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{})\right\}},`$ (10.48)
that with regard of definitions (10.34), (10.35) proves the formula (10.30) together with the I part of the Theorem. The II one is fulfilled by virtue of relations obtained in proving of the I part being retained as well in the case of superfunctions $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )`$ and $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ nontrivially depending on $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$ and additionally in force of formulae (10.25b,c). In particular, the following transformations for $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )`$, $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ hold under AT (10.23)

$`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta ))=Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )){\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}\mu (S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{}),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta \times `$
$`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))+{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}\delta _\mu \stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{p}(\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}^{}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{p}(\theta )}}Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))=Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )),`$ (10.49)
$`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{(1)}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{(1)}(\theta ),\mathrm{})=S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})+(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{}),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta \mu `$
$`+\delta _\mu \stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{p}(\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}^{}{\displaystyle \frac{_lS_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{p}(\theta )}}=S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{}).`$ (10.49)
In proving of the property II.3) in (10.33) note that $`S_H^{\mathrm{\Psi }+\delta \mathrm{\Psi }}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ is constructed by means of GNA from $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$. At last the interpretation for $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ in the form (10.41), (10.42) as the ”integral” of HS type system (9.29) is valid taking account of the formulae (10.49).

Corollary 7.1

The properties 1,2,3 of Theorem 7 for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ and $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ from the I and II parts are retained under restriction of HS (9.22) and HS type system (9.29) to equations

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta ,\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta )=0,`$
$`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})\{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})\}.`$ (10.50)
The corollary is proved analogously to proof of the preceding Theorem with significant simplifications. Corresponding change of variables constructed via shift transformation with respect to $`\theta `$ on a constant parameter $`\mu {}_{}{}^{1}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{1}^{}(\theta )`$ along (projection on $`_{ext}`$ of solutions $`\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$ for (9.22), (9.29)) integral curves $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$ for systems (10.50) are realized by the formulae

$`\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)A}(\theta )=\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )+{\displaystyle \frac{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}\mu =\mathrm{exp}(\mu \stackrel{~}{s}{}_{l}{}^{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta ))\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{(1)}(\theta )=\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta ),`$ (10.51a)
$`\stackrel{~}{s}{}_{l}{}^{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\theta }}+{\displaystyle \frac{_rS_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}.`$ (10.51b)
That transformation not being by AT has the unit Berezinian (10.26b). The interpretation of the form (10.41), (10.42) for $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ in question is trivial now. The deficiencies of system (10.50) have been already mentioned (in particular $`\left(\stackrel{~}{s}_l^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )\right)^20`$). It is the system to which the so-called BRST transformations in BV method are related:

$`\delta _\mu \mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}={\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}\mu =\mu \stackrel{~}{s}{}_{l}{}^{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ).`$ (10.52)
If instead of Eq.(6.2) for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ and Eq.(8.1) for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ the BV similar equations (6.11) and (8.5) are fulfilled respectively, then none of the properties from Theorem 7 are realized for the corresponding GThGT. In order to restore the important part of those properties, i.e. the 2nd and the 3rd ones in (10.28), (10.30) for GThGT with $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ and in (10.32), (10.33) for formal GThGT with $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ respectively it is necessary to modify the HS (9.22) and HS type system (9.29) to corresponding systems of the form (10.50).

Theorem 8 (basic properties of $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$, $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ under validity of Eqs.(6.11), (8.5))

Under fulfilment of Eq.(6.11) for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ and Eq.(8.5) for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ determining the GThGT with restricted systems (10.50) the following statements for $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$, $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ are true:
1) the integrand in FI (10.2a) determining $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$, $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ and the last superfunctions themselves are invariant with respect to corresponding changes of variables (10.51);
2) vacuum functionals do not depend on a choice of the gauge in the sense of relations (10.30), (10.33) under change of gauge fermion by the rule described in point I.3) of Theorem 7.

Proof of the last statement repeats completely the proof of preceding Theorem and its corollary with following additional corrections:

1) change of variables (10.51) possesses by non-unit Berezinian of the form (10.26b);

2) instead of the condition that superfunctions $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ appear by the integrals for corresponding system (10.50) it is necessary to use the Eqs.(6.11), (8.5) respectively.

Besides the properties described in Theorems 7,8 for $`Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$, $`Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ from generating equations (6.2), (8.1) written for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ and $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ respectively it follows the Ward identities. They can be obtained by 2 ways.

1) The first one is based on the functional averaging both of generating equation (6.2) for the II class GThGT with $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ and of Eq.(8.1) for GThGT with $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$. We have the sequence of equalities taking the notation for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ in (10.50) into consideration

$`M\left((S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta \right)_{𝒥^{}(\theta )}=2{\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\frac{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A(\theta )}\frac{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}\mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}\left(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})+𝒥^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\right)\right\}}`$
$`=2{\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\frac{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}\left(\frac{\mathrm{}}{ı}\frac{}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}𝒥_A^{}(\theta )\right)\mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}\left(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})+𝒥^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\right)\right\}}=`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{2\mathrm{}}{ı}}\left[{\displaystyle 𝑑\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\mathrm{\Delta }(\theta )S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})\mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}\left(S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})+𝒥^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\right)\right\}}+𝒥_A^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{Z(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}\right]=0,`$ (10.53)
$`Z(\theta )\{Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta )),Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))\},`$ (10.53b)
where the rules of integration by parts in FI and differentiation with respect to parametric superantifields $`\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )`$ have been made use. Taking into account of consequence (6.9) for Eq.(6.2) and with allowance made for Eq.(8.8) for GThGT defined on $`D_{ext}^k`$ we obtain Ward identities for $`Z(\theta )`$

$`𝒥_A^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{Z(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}=0.`$ (10.54)
The functional averaging of the Eqs.(6.9) for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ as in (10.50) leads to the same result (10.54) not revealing additional properties for $`Z(\theta )`$ (10.53b).

Ward identities for GThGT with generating equations (6.11) for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ and (8.5) for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ are deduced by functional averaging of these equations and have the same form (10.54).

2) The second way is based on the use of the following system of $`3(n+3m)`$ ODE in normal form constructed with respect to HS (9.22)

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ,\stackrel{}{𝒥}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta )=0.`$ (10.55)
According to Theorem 7 (property I.2) perform a change of variables of the form (10.23) with fixed $`𝒥^{}(\theta )`$ in the integrand of FI (10.2a). Obtain as the consequence of (10.41), (10.42) the expression

$`Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{(1)}(\theta ),𝒥^{(1)}(\theta ))=Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))+\delta _\mu Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta )).`$ (10.56a)
On the other hand the formula being consistent with relations (10.38), (10.42) is formally valid taking the result of expression (10.53a) into account

$`\stackrel{}{Z}(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}={\displaystyle \frac{ı}{2\mathrm{}}}M\left((S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}),S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{}))_\theta \right)_𝒥^{}=𝒥_A^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}=0.`$ (10.56b)
Thus Ward identities for $`Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ means the invariance of superfunction $`Z(\theta )`$ with respect to translation on $`\theta `$ along integral curve of system (10.55).

Obtained derivations and interpretations of Ward identities are valid as well for formal GThGT with $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$, $`Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ with Eq.(8.1).

There is not of the similar interpretation for $`Z(\theta )`$ (10.53b), for formal GThGTs described in the hypotheses of Theorem 8 with restricted system (10.50) added by the 2nd subsystem in Eqs.(10.55), as it was made in (10.56b). However the Ward identities in this case are deduced by means of the 2nd way under change of variables (10.51) in FI (10.2a).

For generating functional $`W(\theta )`$ $``$ $`\{W(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$, $`W(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))\}`$ the Ward identities have the same form as for $`Z(\theta )`$

$`𝒥_A^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{W(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}=0.`$ (10.57)
For GThGT and formal GThGT described in Theorem 7 the interpretation of the form (10.56) is valid for $`W(\theta )`$ as well

$`\stackrel{}{W}(\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=𝒥_A^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{W(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}=0.`$ (10.58)
At last the Ward identities for EA $`𝚪`$$`\left(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )\right)`$ with allowance made for (10.19) take the form

$`(𝚪(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )),𝚪(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Phi }^{})}=0.`$ (10.59)
The HS type system defined with respect to superfunction $`𝚪`$$`\left(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )\right)`$ (and for $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )=0`$ being by the real HS), taking into account the fact that superantifields $`\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )`$ coincide with corresponding average ones,

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta ),𝚪(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}`$ (10.60)
is solvable. Ward identities (10.59) reflect the fact that $`𝚪`$$`(\theta )`$ is the integral for system (10.60).

The functional averaging of HS (9.22) and HS type system (9.29) by the formula (10.37) leads to corresponding systems in terms of superfunctions $`𝚪`$$`(\theta )`$ $``$ $`\{𝚪(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$, $`𝚪`$$`(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))\}`$, $`Z(\theta )`$, $`W(\theta )`$ and $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}{d\theta }}={\displaystyle \frac{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}={\displaystyle \frac{\mathrm{}}{ı}}Z^1(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{Z(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}},{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}{d\theta }}={\displaystyle \frac{_lS_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}=(1)^{\epsilon _A}𝒥_A^{}(\theta );`$ (10.61)
$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}{d\theta }}={\displaystyle \frac{W(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}},{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(1)^{\epsilon _A}𝒥_A^{}(\theta );`$ (10.62)
$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}=\omega ^{pq}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{_l𝚪(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Gamma }^q(\theta )}}.`$ (10.63)
The comparison of Eqs.(10.60) with (10.63) leads to equality of their left-hand sides

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}={\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )},`$ (10.64)
indicating on the permutability of averaging sign with operator $`\frac{d}{d\theta }`$ on the coordinates of $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$ along $`\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$. Further investigation of systems (10.60), (10.63) and the connection of corresponding generators $`s^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )`$ and $`s^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )`$ appear by the separate problems.

Finally, relation (10.58) for EA taking the Legendre transform properties (10.18), (10.19) into consideration has the form

$`\stackrel{}{𝚪}(\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=2{\displaystyle \frac{𝚪(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{\text{ }𝚪(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}=(𝚪(\theta ),𝚪(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma })}=0.`$ (10.65)
Thus, Ward identities for $`𝚪`$$`(\theta )`$ mean the invariance of EA, in the sense of conventions (10.42), with respect to translation on $`\theta `$ along integral curve $`\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$ of corresponding system (9.22), (9.29). Moreover the solutions of system (10.60) appear exactly by $`\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$!

Not going into details let us remark that properties of Theorem 7 for $`Z_\mathrm{\Psi }(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ written in the form (10.14) taking account of the formula (10.16) follow from the next transformations of invariance for integrand written by means of the 1st order on $`\theta `$ system $`6(n+3m)`$ ODE

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^p(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^p(\theta ),S_H(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}}(\theta ),\mathrm{})+G_A(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta ))\lambda ^A(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }})},`$ (10.66a)
$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}{d\theta }}={\displaystyle \frac{d_r\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta )}{d\theta }}={\displaystyle \frac{d_r\lambda ^A(\theta )}{d\theta }}={\displaystyle \frac{d_r\pi ^A(\theta )}{d\theta }}=0.`$ (10.66b)
where $`\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^p(\theta )(\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta ))`$ and $`S_H(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ satisfies to the hypotheses of Theorem 4 (for $`S_H(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}\widehat{}_{ext})`$ to the conditions of Theorem 3). Moreover $`S_H(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ may satisfy to Eqs.(6.11) or (8.5) nevertheless the same system (10.66) induces the invariance of integrand in (10.14) with respect to corresponding to (10.66) change of variables. Note that even the subsystem (10.66a) is not solvable.

By another important system of $`6(n+3m)`$ ODE of the 1st order on $`\theta `$ with the same variables, that in (10.66) and playing the same role as one (10.66) it appears the system having following nonzero right-hand side part

$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ),G_B(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta ))\lambda ^B(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }})}=\lambda ^A(\theta ),`$ (10.67a)
$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta ),S_H(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}}(\theta ),\mathrm{}))_\theta ^{(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }})}=(1)^{\epsilon _A+1}{\displaystyle \frac{S_H(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}}(\theta ),\mathrm{})}{\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}.`$ (10.67b)
This system does not satisfy to solvability condition but coincides one-to-one with BRST transformations in BV method for $`Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{})`$ in form (10.14) taking the type (10.52) formula into consideration for $`\theta =\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )=0`$, $`𝒥_A^{}(0)=J_A`$.

## XI Component Formulation of GSQM

The component (on $`\theta `$) formulation of GSTF constructed in papers  for objects and relations defined on $`_{cl}`$, $`T_{odd}_{cl}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$, $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_{cl})`$ is directly transferred without any modifications on quantities and operations determined on $`_s`$, $`T_{odd}_s`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_s`$, $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$, $`sC_0`$ (2.27), (2.30) introduced in present work basically in Sec.II. For completeness of presentation let us point out the following component on $`\theta `$ representation for supervariables $`J_{A_s}^{}(\theta )`$, $`\lambda _s^{A_s}(\theta )`$, $`\pi _s^{A_s}(\theta )`$ (10.4), (10.15)

$`𝒥_{A_s}^{}(\theta )=J_{0A_s}^{}+J_{1A_s}^{}\theta ,\lambda _s^{A_s}(\theta )=\lambda _{0s}^{A_s}+\lambda _{1s}^{A_s}\theta ,\pi _s^{A_s}(\theta )=\pi _{0s}^{A_s}+\pi _{1s}^{A_s}\theta ,sC_0.`$ (11.1)
## XII Reduction to BV Method and to Superfield <br>Quantization from Paper

GSQM in the Lagrangian formalism contains as the particular cases the BV method  and the Lagrangian superfield method  for gauge theories quantization.

### XII.1 Connection with BV Method

In order to pass to BV method inside of GSQM it is necessary to restrict $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}\times \{\theta \})`$ being used for description of GThGT (including the II class ones) with $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ or superalgebra $`D_{ext}^k`$ being used for formal GThGT with $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ to $`C^k(P_0(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}))`$. In the restricted superalgebra all possible products of $`P_0\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )`$ form the basis and all superfunctions are defined for $`\theta =0`$. It is the same superalgebra appears for $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$ = $`0`$ by maximal subsuperalgebra in $`D_{ext}^k`$ being invariant one with respect to involution $``$ (2.42). Thus the BV method quantities are singled out in the invariant way as superfunctions from $`C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}\times \{\theta \})`$ being invariant with respect to $``$. Elements of $`C^k(P_0(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}))`$ are represented in the form

$`(\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}_s(\theta ),\theta )_{C^k(P_0(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}))}=(P_0\mathrm{\Gamma }_s(\theta ),0,0)\overline{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0s}),\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^p(\theta )=\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0s}^p+\mathrm{\Gamma }_{1s}^p\theta `$ (12.1)
and appear by functionals in the usual sense for $`s=ext`$, i.e. by mappings from $`P_0(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$ into $`𝐊`$ ($`𝐑`$ or $`𝐂`$) being used in BV method.

From the 1st and 2nd orders operators and various kinds of antibrackets consider only $`\stackrel{}{U}_0(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{V}_0(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{W}_0(\theta )`$ and following ones acting nontrivially on $`C^k(P_0(T_{odd}^{}_{ext}))`$

$`\mathrm{\Delta }_{00}^{ext}(\theta )\mathrm{\Delta }_{BV},(\overline{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_0),\overline{𝒥}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_0))_{00}^{ext}(\overline{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_0),\overline{𝒥}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_0))_{BV}.`$ (12.2)
Projectors $`P_a(\theta )`$ take the values under restriction onto $`P_0(T_{odd}^{}_{ext})`$

$`P_1(\theta )=0,P_0(\theta )=1.`$ (12.3)
The global symmetry supergroup $`J`$ and superspace $``$ are restricted by $`\overline{J}`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{}`$ respectively. The superalgebras $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_1(\theta ;𝐊)`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$, $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc+1}(z^a,\theta ;𝐊)`$ pass into $`𝐊`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_{D|Nc}(z^a;𝐊)`$, $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D|Nc}(z^a;𝐊)`$ correspondingly. All superfunctionals of the form (2.40) vanish identically. The concepts of works  about Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalism for GSTF with respect to GThGT and GThST in fact are reduced to standard definition of gauge theory of special type for $`\theta =0`$ appearing by the irreducible general gauge theory in the usual sense . Moreover the so-called HCLF and being equal to them HCHF

$`\mathrm{\Theta }_ı^H(P_0𝒜(\theta ))={\displaystyle \frac{\delta _l\overline{𝒮}_0(A)}{\delta A^ı}}=0`$ (12.4)
are the ordinary equations of motion for gauge theory being described by functional $`\overline{𝒮}_0(A)`$ given on $`P_0_{cl}`$ appearing by potential term for $`\overline{S}_L(A,\lambda )`$ (2.13) or for $`\overline{S}_H(A,A^{})`$ (4.4).

It is not possible to pass from Lagrangian formalism of description for restricted GThGT on $`C^k(P_0(T_{odd}_{ext}))`$ into Hamiltonian one by means of Legendre transform of functional $`\overline{𝒮}_0`$ with respect to $`\lambda ^ı`$ $``$ $`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{ı}(\theta )(1)^{\epsilon _ı+1}`$ in view of absence of the latter fields. As consequence of this fact it is impossible to introduce the usual antifields $`A_ı^{}`$ according to above-mentioned scheme for equivalent formulation of GThGT in Hamiltonian formalism as well. However, if it is not formally to assume $`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{ı}(\theta )=0`$ then the Legendre transform of $`\overline{S}_L(A,\lambda )`$ on $`C^k(P_0(T_{odd}_{ext}))`$ with respect to $`\lambda ^ı`$ is possible.

The following functionals taking Existence Theorems 1,2 for $`\mathrm{}=0`$ into account

$`\overline{S}_{BV}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0min})=P_0(\theta )S_{Hmin}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min}(\theta )),\overline{S}_{BV}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0ext})=P_0(\theta )S_{Hext}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))`$ (12.5)
appear by the solutions for classical master equations  of BV method written by means of antibracket (12.2) in $`C^k(P_0(T_{odd}^{}_s))`$, $`s=min,ext`$ respectively. On the other hand BV method is based on equation of the form (6.11) for $`\mathrm{}0`$ and $`\theta =0`$. In the last case $`\overline{S}_{BV}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0ext},\mathrm{})`$ = $`S_{BV}(P_0\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext}(\theta ))`$ (5.15) is not the restriction of the corresponding superfunction determining the II class GThGT. Theorem 3 is valid for $`\overline{S}_{BV}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0s},\mathrm{})`$ under replacement of Eq.(6.2) onto Eq.(6.11) respectively

$`\frac{1}{2}(\overline{S}_{BV}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0s},\mathrm{}),\overline{S}_{BV}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0s},\mathrm{}))_{BV}=ı\mathrm{}\mathrm{\Delta }_{BV}\overline{S}_{BV}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{0s},\mathrm{}),s=min,ext.`$ (12.6)
The results of Sec.X are reduced to corresponding relations for standard version of the Lagrangian quantization (for $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )=0`$ if the formal GThGT with $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ have been made use) for $`\theta =0`$ and under following identifications

$`d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )_{\theta =0}P_0(\theta )d\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )=d\varphi ,d\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )_{\theta =0}P_0(\theta )d\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )=d\mathrm{\Gamma }_0,`$ (12.7a)
$`P_0(\theta )𝒥_A^{}(\theta )=J_{0A}^{},J_A=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta ),P_0(\theta )\lambda ^A(\theta )=\lambda _0^A\lambda ^A,`$ (12.7b)
where $`J_{0A}^{}`$, $`J_A`$ and $`\lambda ^A`$ are the usual sources to $`P_0(\theta )`$-components of Green’s functions and auxiliary Lagrangian multipliers introducing the gauge in BV method respectively.

FI (10.2a) appears by usually defined , in fulfilling of the mentioned correspondences and restrictions, and its equivalent form (10.14) coincides after integration with respect to $`\pi _0^A`$ and $`d\stackrel{}{\varphi }_{0A}^{}`$ (in omitting the normalization constant $`\mathrm{sdet}\mathrm{}\delta ^A{}_{B}{}^{}`$) with generating functional of Green’s functions in BV method. Representations for $`\overline{Z}`$ (10.2a), (10.14) have the form respectively

$`Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))_{\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )=\theta =0}\overline{Z}(\varphi ^{},J),\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\varphi )P_0(\theta )\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )),J_{0A}^{}=J_A,`$ (12.8a)
$`\overline{Z}(\varphi ^{},J)={\displaystyle 𝑑\varphi \mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}\left(\overline{S}_H(\varphi ,\varphi ^{}+\frac{\delta \overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}}{\delta \varphi },\mathrm{})+J_A\varphi ^A\right)\right\}},`$ (12.8b)
$`\overline{Z}(\varphi ^{},J)={\displaystyle 𝑑\varphi 𝑑\lambda 𝑑\varphi _{}^{}{}_{}{}^{}\mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}\left(\overline{S}_H(\varphi ,\varphi _{}^{}{}_{}{}^{},\mathrm{})+\left(\varphi _{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}\varphi _A^{}\frac{\delta \overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}}{\delta \varphi ^A}\right)\lambda ^A+J_A\varphi ^A\right)\right\}}.`$ (12.8c)
The 2nd summand in the integrand (12.8c) with account of (12.7b), (2.41a) and results of Sec.XI can be rewritten as follows

$`(\varphi _{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}\varphi _A^{}{\displaystyle \frac{\delta \overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}}{\delta \varphi ^A}})\lambda ^A=\stackrel{}{U}_0((\varphi _{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}\varphi _A^{})\varphi ^A\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\varphi )).`$ (12.9)
Ward identities for generating functionals $`\overline{Z}(\varphi ^{},J)`$, $`\overline{W}(\varphi ^{},J)`$, $`\overline{𝚪}(\varphi ,\varphi ^{})`$ (two latters are defined analogously to $`\overline{Z}`$ (12.8a)) will be written in the form

$`J_A{\displaystyle \frac{\delta \overline{Q}(\varphi ^{},J)}{\delta \varphi _A^{}}}\stackrel{}{V}_0\overline{Q}(\varphi ^{},J)=0,Q\{\overline{Z},\overline{W}\},(\overline{𝚪}(\varphi ,\varphi ^{}),\overline{𝚪}(\varphi ,\varphi ^{}))_{BV}^{(\varphi ,\varphi ^{})}=0.`$ (12.10)
The corresponding to BV method system (10.50) for $`\overline{Z}(\varphi ^{},J)`$ (12.8b) and system (10.67), (10.66b) for $`\overline{Z}(\varphi ^{},J)`$ in the form (12.8c) will pass to standard BRST transformations, under following formal identification

$`P_0(\theta )\delta _\mu \mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=P_0(\theta )\left({\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Gamma }_s^{p_s}(\theta )}{d\theta }}\right)_{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}\mu =\delta _\mu \mathrm{\Gamma }_{0s}^{p_s},s=ext,`$ (12.11)
for $`\overline{Z}(\varphi ^{},J)`$ given in both forms (12.8b) and (12.8c) respectively

$`\delta _\mu \varphi ^A=(\varphi ^A,\overline{S}_H(\varphi ,\varphi ^{}+{\displaystyle \frac{\delta \overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}}{\delta \varphi }},\mathrm{}))_{BV}\mu ,\delta _\mu \varphi _A^{}=0;`$ (12.12)
$`\delta _\mu \varphi ^A=\lambda ^A\mu ,\delta _\mu \lambda ^A=\delta _\mu \varphi _A^{}=0,\delta _\mu \varphi _A^{}=(\varphi _A^{},\overline{S}_H(\varphi ,\varphi _{}^{}{}_{}{}^{},\mathrm{}))_{BV}^{(\varphi ,\varphi _{}^{}{}_{}{}^{})}\mu .`$ (12.13)
### XII.2 Connection with Lagrangian Superfield Quantization

It is easy to determine the correlation of GSQM with quantities and relations of the Lagrangian quantization superfield variant  by means of the formulae from corresponding sections devoted to component formulation of GSTF  and remarks from Sec.XI.

Namely the operators $`U`$, $`V`$, $`\mathrm{\Delta }`$ from method  being denoted further with index ”LMR” are connected with $`\stackrel{}{U}_0(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{V}_0(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Delta }_{00}(\theta )`$ (2.41) by means of the formulae

$`U_{LMR}=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{}{}^{A}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{d}{d\theta }}{\displaystyle \frac{\delta _l}{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}(1)^{\epsilon _A}=(1)^{\epsilon _A+1}\lambda ^A{\displaystyle \frac{\delta _l}{\delta \varphi ^A}}=\stackrel{}{U}_0(\theta ),`$ (12.14a)
$`V_{LMR}=\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta ){\displaystyle \frac{d}{d\theta }}{\displaystyle \frac{\delta }{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}(1)^{\epsilon _A+1}=J_A{\displaystyle \frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi _A^{}}}=\stackrel{}{V}_0(\theta ),`$ (12.14b)
$`\mathrm{\Delta }_{LMR}={\displaystyle \frac{d}{d\theta }}{\displaystyle \frac{\delta _l}{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{d}{d\theta }}{\displaystyle \frac{\delta }{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta )}}(1)^{\epsilon _A+1}=\mathrm{\Delta }_{00}(\theta )=\mathrm{\Delta }_{BV}.`$ (12.14c)
These equalities are valid in acting on superfunctions from $`D_{ext}^k`$ and superfunctionals of the form (2.40).

Functionals ”$`{}_{}{}^{}F`$” which had been made use in the method  appear in the framework of GSQM terminology by $`P_0(\theta )`$-components of superfunctions from $`D_{ext}^k`$. It means that the representation from Sec.VIII of Ref. of the form being dictated by formula (8.1)  with $`F_{Hext}=\overline{F}_{Hext}=0`$ is true for those functionals. To be more precisely there exists for any $`{}_{}{}^{}F[\mathrm{\Gamma }]`$ from the method  the such corresponding superfunction $`(\theta )D_{ext}^k`$ that the following identities hold

$`{}_{}{}^{}F[\mathrm{\Gamma }]{}_{}{}^{}F[\varphi ,\lambda ,\varphi ^{},J]=P_0(\theta )(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\theta )=(P_0\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),0)\overline{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_0,\mathrm{\Gamma }_1),`$ (12.15)
conforming with (12.1) but without restriction $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )=0`$.

For antibracket $`(,)_{LMR}`$  we have (from formula (8.10) of Sec.VIII Ref.)

$`({}_{}{}^{}F[\mathrm{\Gamma }],{}_{}{}^{}G[\mathrm{\Gamma }])_{LMR}=(P_0(\theta )(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\theta ),P_0(\theta )𝒥(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\theta ))_{00}`$
$`(\overline{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_0,\mathrm{\Gamma }_1),\overline{𝒥}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_0,\mathrm{\Gamma }_1))_{00},{}_{}{}^{}F[\mathrm{\Gamma }]=\overline{}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_0,\mathrm{\Gamma }_1),{}_{}{}^{}G[\mathrm{\Gamma }]=\overline{𝒥}(\mathrm{\Gamma }_0,\mathrm{\Gamma }_1).`$ (12.16)
In fact the main object of the method  being by functional $`{}_{}{}^{}S[\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Phi }^{}]`$ is connected with $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ from GSQM, satisfying to BV similar equation (8.5), by means of relation conforming with (12.15), with transformation rule for operators $`\stackrel{}{U}_0(\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{V}_0(\theta )`$ (2.50), (2.51) and with expressions (5.16), (5.17) (in addition see the formulae of Sec.VII from paper )

$`{}_{}{}^{}S[\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Phi }^{}]=P_0(\theta )(S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{})\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ))=\overline{S}_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }_0,\mathrm{\Gamma }_1,\mathrm{})+J_A\varphi ^A.`$ (12.17)
Really $`{}_{}{}^{}S[\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Phi }^{}]`$ satisfies by virtue of above expressions (2.50), (2.51) and (12.14) as well to generating equation of the method

$`\frac{1}{2}({}_{}{}^{}S[\mathrm{\Gamma }],{}_{}{}^{}S[\mathrm{\Gamma }])_{LMR}+V_{LMR}{}_{}{}^{}S[\mathrm{\Gamma }]=ı\mathrm{}\mathrm{\Delta }_{LMR}{}_{}{}^{}S[\mathrm{\Gamma }].`$ (12.18)
FIs (10.2a), (10.14) for $`Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ are not in general reduced to the generating functional of Green’s functions $`{}_{}{}^{}Z[\mathrm{\Phi }^{}]`$ from paper  using the representation for $`{}_{}{}^{}Z[\mathrm{\Phi }^{}]`$ of the form (10.14). Really write $`P_0(\theta )Z(\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ in the form (10.14) under condition that gauge is imposed with help of GNA (7.1)

$`\overline{Z}(\lambda ,J,\varphi ^{},J_0^{})={\displaystyle }d\varphi d\lambda _0^{}d\varphi _{}^{}{}_{}{}^{}\mathrm{exp}\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}(\overline{S}_H(\varphi ,\varphi _{}^{}{}_{}{}^{},\lambda ,J,\mathrm{})+`$
$`(\varphi _{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}\varphi _A^{}{\displaystyle \frac{\delta \overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\varphi ,\lambda )}{\delta \varphi ^A}})\lambda _0^A+J_{0A}^{}\varphi ^A)\}.`$ (12.19)
In this case one can regard that the superfunction $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )`$ from $`D_{ext}^k`$ has the form $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )`$ $``$ $`\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Phi }}(\theta ))`$ without loss of the Eq.(8.5) validity. In obtaining of (12.19) it was integrated over $`\pi _0^A`$, $`\stackrel{}{\varphi }_{0A}^{}`$ in the FI (10.14) in omitting of $`\mathrm{sdet}\mathrm{}\delta ^A{}_{B}{}^{}`$. Relationships (12.7) and being analogous ones for $`d\lambda (\theta )`$, $`d\pi (\theta )`$, $`d\stackrel{}{\varphi }{}_{}{}^{}(\theta )`$ were taken into account together with rule (12.15) for $`\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\varphi ,\lambda )`$.

The comparison of FI (12.19) with component formulation for $`{}_{}{}^{}Z[\mathrm{\Phi }^{}]`$ from Ref. having the following form with regard for formula (12.17)

$`{}_{}{}^{}Z[\mathrm{\Phi }^{}]=\overline{Z}(\varphi ^{},J)={\displaystyle }d\varphi d\lambda d\varphi _{}^{}{}_{}{}^{}\mathrm{exp}\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}(\overline{S}_H(\varphi ,\lambda ,\varphi _{}^{}{}_{}{}^{},J^{},\mathrm{})_{J^{}=0}+`$
$`(\varphi _{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}\varphi _A^{}{\displaystyle \frac{\delta \overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\varphi ,\lambda )}{\delta \varphi ^A}})\lambda ^A+J_A^{}\varphi ^A)\}`$ (12.20)
shows that the very strong constraints must be fulfilled in order to the right-hand sides of the expressions (12.19) and (12.20) would coincide. Namely it is necessary to fulfill the identities

$`{\displaystyle \frac{\delta \overline{Z}(\lambda ,J,\varphi ^{},J_0^{})}{\delta \lambda ^A}}={\displaystyle \frac{\delta \overline{Z}(\lambda ,J,\varphi ^{},J_0^{})}{\delta J_A}}=0,J_{0A}^{}=J_A,`$ (12.21)
the such that the first of them are equivalent to the following ones

$`{\displaystyle \frac{\delta \overline{S}_H}{\delta \lambda ^A}}={\displaystyle \frac{\delta \overline{S}_H}{\delta J_A}}={\displaystyle \frac{\delta \overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}}{\delta \lambda ^A}}=0.`$ (12.22)
The corresponding BRST transformations for $`\overline{Z}(\lambda ,J,\varphi ^{},J_0^{})`$ have the form (12.13) under change of $`\overline{S}_H(\varphi ,\varphi ^{},\mathrm{})`$ onto $`\overline{S}_H(\varphi ,\lambda ,\varphi _{}^{}{}_{}{}^{},J,\mathrm{})`$ that with accuracy up to sign coincides with invariance transformations for $`{}_{}{}^{}Z[\mathrm{\Phi }^{}]`$ written in  with superfunction $`{}_{}{}^{}S[\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Phi }^{}]`$ defined in (12.17). All other relations for $`\overline{Z}(\lambda ,J,\varphi ^{},J_0^{})`$, $`\overline{W}(\lambda ,J,\varphi ^{},J_0^{})`$, $`\overline{𝚪}(\lambda ,J,\varphi ,\varphi ^{})`$ obtained in Subsec.XII.1, namely, the Ward identities have the same form as in (12.10).

The definition of generating functional of Green’s functions by means of relations (12.20) but written in ”superfield form” in terminology of the Ref.

$`{}_{}{}^{}Z[\mathrm{\Phi }^{}]={\displaystyle }\stackrel{~}{d}\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta )\stackrel{~}{d}\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta )\rho (\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{}{}^{})\mathrm{exp}\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}({}_{}{}^{}S[\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{}{}^{}]U_{LMR}{}_{}{}^{}\mathrm{\Psi }[\mathrm{\Phi }]+`$
$`{\displaystyle }d\theta (\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Phi }_A^{}(\theta ))\mathrm{\Phi }^A(\theta ))\},\rho (\mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{}{}^{})=\delta ({\displaystyle }d\theta \mathrm{\Phi }_{}^{}{}_{A}{}^{}(\theta )),\stackrel{~}{d}\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta )d\mathrm{\Gamma }_0d\mathrm{\Gamma }_1`$ (12.23)
although coincides with FI of the BV method (12.8c) on the hypersurface defined by equations $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )=0`$ but out of the last equations leads to the functional dependence in a non-parametric way upon $`\mathrm{\Gamma }_1^p`$ component fields. It means, in particular, that the presence of $`\lambda ^A`$ in functional $`{}_{}{}^{}\mathrm{\Psi }[\mathrm{\Phi }]`$ = $`\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\varphi ,\lambda )`$ leads to the method for imposing of the gauge being differred both from the phase AT (9.1) and from GNA (9.10) that diverges with ideology of interpretation of transition from one Lagrangian surface to another in the sense of statements from Theorems 5,6. Furthermore this fact appears by obstacle to introduction in superfield form the generating functional of vertex Green’s functions $`𝚪`$ in the framework of the method .

## XIII GSTF Models in GSQM

Continue the investigation of the models from papers  in the context of the quantum theory construction in the framework of GSQM in the Lagrangian formalism by means of FI.

### XIII.1 Massive Complex Scalar Superfield Models

It had been shown in papers  that given GSTF models appear by nondegenerate ThST (theory of special type), i.e. nongauge one. Therefore for construction of the quantum description in terms of generating functionals of Green’s functions there are not necessity to extend $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$.

Instead of two cases for the free model and for one with interaction let us consider the latter ThST which includes the former one. It is sufficient to realize the 1st stage of the construction procedure for quantum theory with respect to that I class ThST (see Sec.IV). The model is described by superfunction $`S_{HM}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ on $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ parametrized by complex scalar superfields $`\phi (x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{\phi }(x,\theta )`$ $``$ $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{40+1}(x^\mu ,\theta ;𝐂)`$ given on $`=𝐑^{1,3}\times \stackrel{~}{P}`$  with zero ghost number and complex scalar<sup>7</sup><sup>7</sup>7the sign of complex conjugation for quantity $`g(x,\theta )`$: $`\overline{g}(x,\theta )`$ in this subsection is differred both from the sign of special involution $``$ in Sec.II being denoted as $`\overline{g(x,\theta )}`$ and from the sign of superantifield ”$``$ superantifields $`(\phi (x,\theta ))^{}`$, $`(\overline{\phi }(x,\theta ))^{}`$ $``$ $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{40+1}(x^\mu ,\theta ;𝐂)`$  with ghost number being equal to $`(1)`$. Superfunction $`S_{HM}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ has the form

$`S_{HM}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ $`=`$ $`T((\phi (\theta ))^{},(\overline{\phi }(\theta ))^{})+S_{0M}(\phi (\theta ),\overline{\phi }(\theta )),S_{0M}(\theta )=S_0(\theta )V(\theta ),`$ (13.1)
$`T(\theta )`$ $``$ $`T((\phi (\theta ))^{},(\overline{\phi }(\theta ))^{})={\displaystyle d^4x\frac{1}{ı}(\phi (x,\theta ))^{}(\overline{\phi }(x,\theta ))^{}}{\displaystyle d^4x_{\mathrm{kin}}^{}(x,\theta )},`$ (13.2)
$`S_0(\theta )`$ $``$ $`S_0(\phi (\theta ),\overline{\phi }(\theta ))={\displaystyle d^4x(_\mu \overline{\phi }^\mu \phi m^2\overline{\phi }\phi )(x,\theta )}{\displaystyle d^4x_0(x,\theta )},`$ (13.3)
$`V(\theta )`$ $``$ $`V(\phi (\theta ),\overline{\phi }(\theta ))={\displaystyle d^4x\left(\frac{\mu }{3}\overline{\phi }\phi (\overline{\phi }+\phi )+\frac{\lambda }{2}(\overline{\phi }\phi )^2+\mathrm{}\right)(x,\theta )},`$ (13.5)
$`(\phi (x,\theta ))^{}=(\phi _1(x,\theta ))^{}ı(\phi _2(x,\theta ))^{}=(\phi (x))^{}\theta J_\phi (x),`$
$`\phi (x,\theta )=(\phi _1+ı\phi _2)(x,\theta )=\phi (x)+\lambda (x)\theta .`$
The ghost number distribution for kinetic $`T(\theta )`$ and potential $`S_{0M}(\theta )`$ parts of $`S_{HM}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ reads as follows

$`\mathrm{gh}(T(\theta ),S_{0M}(\theta ))=(2,0).`$ (13.6)
Eq.(4.3a) is trivially fulfilled in the given example whereas the superfunction $`S_{0M}(\theta )`$ = $`𝒮_{0M}(\theta )`$ defining the II class GThST with being simply obtained restricted GHS (4.5)

$`\stackrel{}{\phi }(x,\theta )=\stackrel{}{\overline{\phi }}(x,\theta )=0,`$
$`(\stackrel{}{\phi }(x,\theta ))^{}=(\mathrm{}+m^2+{\displaystyle \frac{\mu }{3}}(\overline{\phi }+2\phi )(x,\theta )+\lambda (\overline{\phi }\phi )(x,\theta )+\mathrm{})\overline{\phi }(x,\theta ),`$
$`(\stackrel{}{\overline{\phi }}(x,\theta ))^{}=(\mathrm{}+m^2+{\displaystyle \frac{\mu }{3}}(2\overline{\phi }+\phi )(x,\theta )+\lambda (\overline{\phi }\phi )(x,\theta )+\mathrm{})\phi (x,\theta ),`$ (13.7)
$`\mathrm{\Theta }_{\phi M}^H(x,\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{𝒮_{0M}(\theta )}{\phi (x,\theta )}}=(\mathrm{}+m^2+\frac{\mu }{3}(\overline{\phi }+2\phi )(x,\theta )+\lambda (\overline{\phi }\phi )(x,\theta )+\mathrm{})\overline{\phi }(x,\theta )=0,`$
$`\mathrm{\Theta }_{\overline{\phi }M}^H(x,\theta )=\overline{\mathrm{\Theta }}_{\phi M}^H(x,\theta )=0.`$ (13.7)
appears by solution for Eq.(4.3b).

Because the supermatrix of the 2nd partial superfield derivatives of $`𝒮_{0M}(\theta )`$ with respect to $`\phi (x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{\phi }(y,\theta )`$ is nondegenerate  then it is possible to construct the FI (10.2a) or (10.14). Generating functional of Green’s functions $`Z_M(\theta )`$ for interacting complex scalar superfield does not depend upon superantifields and additional supervariables from $`_{add}`$. $`Z_M(\theta )`$ is explicitly calculated according to the formula (10.11) as FI of quasi-Gaussian superfunction (10.10)

$`Z_M(𝒥_\phi ^{}(\theta ),𝒥_{\overline{\phi }}^{}(\theta ))={\displaystyle 𝑑\phi (\theta )𝑑\overline{\phi }(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}\left(𝒮_{0M}(\phi (\theta ),\overline{\phi }(\theta ))+𝒥_\phi ^{}(\theta )\phi (\theta )+𝒥_{\overline{\phi }}^{}(\theta )\overline{\phi }(\theta )\right)\right\}}`$
$`=\mathrm{det}^1\mathrm{}^1(\mathrm{}+m^2)\delta (xy)\mathrm{exp}\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}V({\displaystyle \frac{_l}{(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥_\phi ^{}(\theta ))}},{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥_{\overline{\phi }}^{}(\theta ))}})\}\times `$
$`\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}𝒥_\phi ^{}(\theta )𝒟(\theta )𝒥_{\overline{\phi }}^{}(\theta )\right\},`$ (13.8)
$`𝒥_\phi ^{}(\theta )𝒟(\theta )𝒥_{\overline{\phi }}^{}(\theta )={\displaystyle d^4xd^4y𝒥_\phi ^{}(x,\theta )𝒟(x,y,\theta )𝒥_{\overline{\phi }}^{}(y,\theta )},`$
$`𝒟(x,y,\theta )=𝒟(xy)={\displaystyle \frac{d^4p}{(2\pi )^4}\frac{e^{ıp(xy)}}{p^2m^2+ı\epsilon }},\epsilon +0,p^2=p^\mu p_\mu .`$ (13.8)
The functional determinant in (13.8a) being by a constant normalization factor usually is ignored in the formula writing in the expression for $`Z_M(\theta )`$. Superfunction $`𝒟(x,y,\theta )`$ appears by the Green’s function in Feynman representation for Klein-Gordon operator.

The supesources $`𝒥_\phi ^{}(x,\theta )`$, $`𝒥_{\overline{\phi }}^{}(x,\theta )`$ are the complex scalars from $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{40+1}(x^\mu ,\theta ;𝐂)`$ possessing by the properties

$`\overline{𝒥_\phi ^{}}(x,\theta )=𝒥_{\overline{\phi }}^{}(x,\theta )=𝒥_{0\overline{\phi }}^{}(x)\theta 𝒥_{1\overline{\phi }}^{}(x),(\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _\mathrm{\Pi },\epsilon )𝒥_\phi ^{}(x,\theta )=(0,0,0,0).`$ (13.9)
making under identification $`𝒥_{0\phi }^{}(x)=𝒥_\phi (x)`$ the restricted $`P_0(\theta )`$-component $`P_0(\theta )Z_M(\theta )`$ by coinciding with standard generating functional of Green’s functions for complex scalar field $`\phi (x)=P_0(\theta )\phi (x,\theta )`$.

The invariance transformations of the BRST type for $`Z_M(\theta )`$ (13.8a) corresponding to the system (10.50) are trivial

$`\stackrel{}{\phi }(x,\theta )=\stackrel{}{\overline{\phi }}(x,\theta )=(\stackrel{}{\phi }(x,\theta ))^{}=(\stackrel{}{\overline{\phi }}(x,\theta ))^{}=0.`$ (13.10)
Formulae (13.1)–(13.10) for $`V(\theta )=0`$ correspond to the free model quantum description.

### XIII.2 Massive Spinor Superfield of Spin $`\frac{1}{2}`$ Models

From Ref. it follows that given GSTF models appear by singular nondegenerate, i.e. nongauge ones. In such case it is sufficient to realize the 1st stage of the construction procedure for quantum theory with respect to the I class ThSTs in question in the initial $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$.

The interacting model is described by superfunction $`S_{HM}^{(1)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ on $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ parametrized by superfields $`\mathrm{\Psi }(x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(x,\theta )`$ and superantifields $`\mathrm{\Psi }^{}(x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )`$ from $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{40+1}(x^\mu ,\theta ;𝐂)`$ with ghost number being equal to 0 and $`(1)`$ respectively. These supervariables appear by Dirac bispinors . Superfunction $`S_{HM}^{(1)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ has the form

$`S_{HM}^{(1)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))=T(\mathrm{\Psi }^{}(\theta ),\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta ))+S_{0M}(\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ),\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta )),S_{0M}^{(1)}(\theta )=S_0^{(1)}(\theta )V^{(1)}(\theta ),`$ (13.11)
$`T^{(1)}(\theta )T(\mathrm{\Psi }^{}(\theta ),\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta ))={\displaystyle }d^4x\mathrm{\Psi }^{}(x,\theta )\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta ){\displaystyle }d^4x_{\mathrm{kin}}^{(1)}(x,\theta ),`$ (13.12)
$`S_0^{(1)}(\theta )S_0(\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ),\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta ))={\displaystyle d^4x\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(x,\theta )(ı\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu _\mu m)\mathrm{\Psi }(x,\theta )}{\displaystyle d^4x_0^{(1)}(x,\theta )},`$ (13.13)
$`V^{(1)}(\theta )V^{(1)}(\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ),\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta ))={\displaystyle d^4x\left[\frac{\lambda _1}{2}(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Psi })^2+\frac{\lambda _2}{2}(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu \mathrm{\Psi })(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Gamma }_\mu \mathrm{\Psi })\right](x,\theta )},`$ (13.14)
$`\mathrm{\Psi }(x,\theta )=(\psi _\alpha (x,\theta ),\chi ^{\dot{\alpha }}(x,\theta ))^T,\mathrm{\Psi }^{}(x,\theta )=(\psi ^\alpha (x,\theta ),\chi _{\dot{\alpha }}^{}(x,\theta )).`$ (13.15)
Kinetic $`T^{(1)}(\theta )`$ and potential $`S_{0M}^{(1)}(\theta )`$ parts of $`S_{HM}^{(1)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ possess by the same ghost numbers values as the corresponding superfunctions in (13.6).

Eq.(4.3a) is trivially fulfilled for the model in question whereas the superfunction $`S_{0M}^{(1)}(\theta )`$ = $`𝒮_{0M}^{(1)}(\theta )`$ defines the II class GThST providing the fulfilment of the Eq.(4.3b) with being simply obtained restricted GHS (4.5). That GHS has the representation

$`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Psi }}(x,\theta )=0,\stackrel{}{\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}}(x,\theta )=0,`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\mathrm{\Psi }^{}(x,\theta )}{d\theta }}=\left[\left(ı_\mu +\lambda _2(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu \mathrm{\Psi })\right)\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(x,\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu +\left(m+\lambda _1(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Psi })\right)\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(x,\theta )\right],`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{d_r\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )}{d\theta }}=\left(ı\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu _\mu m\lambda _1(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Psi })\lambda _2(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu \mathrm{\Psi })\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu \right)\mathrm{\Psi }(x,\theta ),`$ (13.16)
$`\mathrm{\Theta }_{\mathrm{\Psi }M}^H(x,\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{_l𝒮_{0M}^{(1)}(\theta )}{\mathrm{\Psi }(x,\theta )}}=\left[\left(ı_\mu +\lambda _2(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu \mathrm{\Psi })\right)\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(x,\theta )\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu +\left(m+\lambda _1(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Psi })\right)\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(x,\theta )\right]=0,`$
$`\mathrm{\Theta }_{\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}M}^H(x,\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{_l𝒮_{0M}^{(1)}(\theta )}{\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(x,\theta )}}=\left(ı\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu _\mu m\lambda _1(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Psi })\lambda _2(\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu \mathrm{\Psi })\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu \right)\mathrm{\Psi }(x,\theta )=0.`$ (13.16)
Since the supermatrix of the 2nd partial superfield derivatives of $`𝒮_{0M}^{(1)}(\theta )`$ with respect to $`\mathrm{\Psi }(x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(y,\theta )`$ is nondegenerate almost everywhere in $`_{cl}`$  it is possible to construct the FI (10.2a) or (10.14) in the framework of GSQM in the Lagrangian formalism. Generating functional of Green’s functions $`Z_M^{(1)}(\theta )`$ for interacting spinor superfield does not depend upon superantifields and additional superfields from $`_{add}`$. $`Z_M^{(1)}(\theta )`$ is explicitly calculated according to formula (10.11) as FI of quasi-Gaussian superfunction (10.10)

$`Z_M^{(1)}(𝒥^{}(\theta ),\overline{𝒥}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta ))={\displaystyle }d\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )d\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}(𝒮_{0M}(\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ),\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta ))+𝒥^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )+\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(\theta )\overline{𝒥}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta ))\right\}`$
$`=\mathrm{det}\mathrm{}^1(ı\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu _\mu m)\delta (xy)\mathrm{exp}\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}V({\displaystyle \frac{_l}{(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}𝒥^{}(\theta ))}},{\displaystyle \frac{_l}{(\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}\overline{𝒥}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta ))}})\}\times `$
$`\mathrm{exp}\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}𝒥^{}(\theta )S(\theta )\overline{𝒥}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta )\},`$ (13.17)
$`𝒥^{}(\theta )S(\theta )\overline{𝒥}{}_{}{}^{}(\theta )={\displaystyle }d^4xd^4y𝒥^{}(x,\theta )S(x,y,\theta )\overline{𝒥}{}_{}{}^{}(y,\theta ),`$ (13.17b)
$`S(x,y,\theta )=S(xy)={\displaystyle \frac{d^4p}{(2\pi )^4}\frac{\mathrm{\Gamma }^\mu p_\mu +m}{p^2m^2+ı\epsilon }e^{ıp(xy)}},\epsilon +0.`$ (13.17c)
The functional determinant in (13.17a) is usually considered as a normalization constant and therefore is omitted. Superfunction $`S(x,y,\theta )`$ appears by Green’s function for Dirac operator.

Supersources $`𝒥^{}(x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{𝒥}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )`$ to $`\mathrm{\Psi }(x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{\mathrm{\Psi }}(x,\theta )`$ are the Dirac bispinors possessing the properties

$`\overline{𝒥}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )=\mathrm{\Gamma }^0\left(𝒥^{}\right)^+(x,\theta )=\overline{𝒥^{}}(x,\theta ),(\mathrm{gh},\epsilon _P,\epsilon _\mathrm{\Pi },\epsilon )\overline{𝒥}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )=(0,0,1,1),`$ (13.18)
where bar, for instance, over $`\overline{𝒥^{}}(x,\theta )`$ appears in this subsection by Dirac conjugation in contrast to its use in Subsec.XIII.1.

The concluding remarks of the preceding subsection together with connection for free model quantum description and with the trivial system corresponding to BRST type transformations are valid in this case with corresponding modifications.

### XIII.3 Free Vector Superfield Models

Superfield models of massless and massive vector superfields $`𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Lambda }}_{D0+1}(x^\mu ,\theta ;𝐂)`$ given on $``$ = $`𝐑^{1,D1}\times \stackrel{~}{P}`$, $`x^\mu `$ $``$ $`𝐑^{1,D1}`$ had been considered in details in Lagrangian  and Hamiltonian  formulations of GSTF.

Let us begin from the case of massless theory. It had been shown that the model in question appears by the I class GThST with GGTST

$`^\mu (x,y)=^\mu \delta (xy),\mu =0,1,\mathrm{},D1.`$ (13.19)
The only superfunction $`S_0(𝒜^\mu (\theta ))`$ below is invariant under GTST according to .

In Hamiltonian formulation the model is described for $`D=2k`$, $`k𝑵`$ by superfunction $`S_H^{(2)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ defined on $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ parametrized by superfields $`𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )`$ with zero ghost number and by superantifields $`𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )`$ with ghost number being equal to $`1`$. $`S_H^{(2)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ has the form in this case

$`S_H^{(2)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))=T(𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta ))+S_0(𝒜^\mu (\theta )),`$ (13.20)
$`T(𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta ))={\displaystyle d^Dx\frac{1}{2}(\epsilon ^1)^{\mu \nu }𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )𝒜_\nu ^{}(x,\theta )}_{\mathrm{kin}}^{(2)}(x,\theta ),(\epsilon ^1)^{\mu \nu }=(\epsilon ^1)^{\nu \mu },`$ (13.21)
$`S_0(𝒜^\mu (\theta ))={\displaystyle d^Dx_0^{(2)}(𝒜^\mu (x,\theta ),_\nu 𝒜^\mu (x,\theta ))}=\frac{1}{4}{\displaystyle d^DxF_{\mu \nu }(x,\theta )F^{\mu \nu }(x,\theta )}.`$ (13.22)
For $`D=2k+1`$, $`k𝑵`$ it is possible to realize the program of Secs.II,IV for transition to the quantum description as well but starting directly from Lagrangian formulation of the model with $`S_L(𝒜^\mu (\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(\theta ))`$ given on $`T_{odd}_{cl}`$ = $`\{(𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )`$, $`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(x,\theta ))\}`$  and having the form

$`S_L^{(2)}(\theta )S_L(𝒜^\mu (\theta ),\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(\theta ))=T\left(\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(\theta )\right)S_0\left(𝒜^\mu (\theta )\right),`$ (13.23)
$`T\left(\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(\theta )\right)={\displaystyle }d^Dx_{\mathrm{kin}}^{(2)}(x,\theta )={\displaystyle }d^Dx\frac{1}{2}\epsilon _{\mu \nu }\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\nu }(x,\theta )\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(x,\theta ),(\epsilon ^1)^{\mu \nu }\epsilon _{\nu \rho }=\delta ^\mu {}_{\rho }{}^{}.`$ (13.24)
The distribution of ghost number values for $`T(𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta ))`$, $`T\left(\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(\theta )\right)`$, $`S_0(𝒜^\mu (\theta ))`$ are given by the expression

$`\mathrm{gh}(T(𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta )),T\left(\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(\theta )\right),S_0(𝒜^\mu (\theta )))=(2,2,0).`$ (13.25)
The 1st stage of the procedure from Sec.IV for construction the II class GThST is fulfilled by virtue of equation (4.3a) triviality and choice as the solution for Eq.(4.3b) \[for $`D=2k+1`$ it is necessary to replace instead of $`S_H^{(2)}(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))`$ the superfunction $`S_L^{(2)}(\theta )`$ in (4.3b)\] of the superfunction $`S_0(𝒜^\mu (\theta ))`$ = $`𝒮_0(𝒜^\mu (\theta ))`$ taking account of (13.25). Restricted GHS (4.5) has the form in this case

$`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(x,\theta )=0,{\displaystyle \frac{d_r𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )}{d\theta }}=(\mathrm{}\eta _{\mu \nu }_\nu _\mu )𝒜^\nu (x,\theta ),`$ (13.26a)
$`\mathrm{\Theta }_\mu ^H(x,\theta )=(\mathrm{}\eta _{\mu \nu }_\nu _\mu )𝒜^\nu (x,\theta )=0.`$ (13.26b)
By virtue of existence of the nontrivial generator of GTST (13.19) it follows that this theory is the irreducible one with Abelian gauge algebra ($`_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{\gamma }(\theta )`$ = $`_0{}_{\alpha \beta }{}^{ıȷ}(\theta )`$ = $`0`$ in (4.38)).

It is necessary in correspondence with Sec.II and prescription (2.22) to associate with GGTST (13.19) in every point $`(x,\theta )`$ the superfields $`C(x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{C}(x,\theta )`$, $`B(x,\theta )`$ and their 3 superantifields $`C^{}(x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )`$, $`B^{}(x,\theta )`$ having the following table of $`\mathrm{gh}`$, $`\epsilon _P`$, $`\epsilon _\mathrm{\Pi }`$, $`\epsilon `$ gradings

$`\begin{array}{cccccccccc}& 𝒜^\nu (x,\theta )& 𝒜_\nu ^{}(x,\theta )& C(x,\theta )& \overline{C}(x,\theta )& B(x,\theta )& C^{}(x,\theta )& \overline{C}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )& B^{}(x,\theta )& \\ \mathrm{gh}\hfill & 0& 1& 1& 1& 0& 2& 0& 1& \\ \epsilon _P\hfill & 0& 1& 1& 1& 0& 0& 0& 1& \\ \epsilon _\mathrm{\Pi }\hfill & 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& 0& \\ \epsilon \hfill & 0& 1& 1& 1& 0& 0& 0& 1& .\hfill \end{array}`$ (13.32)
The 1st order on $`\theta `$ system from 4 ODE (2.21) corresponding to GTST

$`\delta 𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )={\displaystyle d^Dy(^\mu \delta (xy))\xi (y,\theta )}=^\mu \xi (x,\theta )`$ (13.33)
has the form

$`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(x,\theta )=^\mu C(x,\theta ),`$ (13.34)
and is transformed to system of the form (4.10)

$`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(x,\theta )=(𝒜^\mu (x,\theta ),S_1(𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta ),C(\theta )))_\theta ^{(𝒜^\mu ,𝒜_\mu ^{})},`$ (13.35a)
$`S_1(𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta ),C(\theta ))={\displaystyle d^Dx𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )^\mu C(x,\theta )}.`$ (13.30b)
The 2nd stage of the above-mentioned procedure permits with allowance made for commutativity of the gauge algebra to write down the unified system containing (13.26a) and (13.30a) already in form of HS in $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$ = $`\{(𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )`$, $`C(x,\theta )`$, $`𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )`$, $`C^{}(x,\theta ))\}`$, i.e. to realize simultaneously the third stage of the algorithm in question

$`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(x,\theta )=^\mu C(x,\theta )=(𝒜^\mu (x,\theta ),S_{[1]}(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min})},`$ (13.31a)
$`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{\mu }{}^{}(x,\theta )=(\mathrm{}\eta _{\mu \nu }_\nu _\mu )𝒜^\nu (x,\theta )=(𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta ),S_{[1]}(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min})},`$ (13.31b)
$`\stackrel{}{C}(x,\theta )=(C(x,\theta ),S_{[1]}(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min})}=0,`$ (13.31c)
$`\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )=^\mu 𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )=(C^{}(x,\theta ),S_{[1]}(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min})}`$ (13.31d)
with superfunction $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$

$`S_{[1]}(\theta )=S_{[1]}(𝒜^\mu (\theta ),𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta ),C(\theta ))=𝒮_0(𝒜^\mu (\theta ))+S_1(𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta ),C(\theta )).`$ (13.32)
$`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ satisfies both to master equation (4.30) and to its consequence (4.33) with use of the continued antibracket $`(,)_\theta ^{cl}`$ and operator $`\mathrm{\Delta }^{cl}(\theta )`$  from $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ to $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$

$`((\theta ),𝒢(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min})}={\displaystyle }d^Dx({\displaystyle \frac{(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{𝒢(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )}}+{\displaystyle \frac{(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{C(x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{𝒢(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{C^{}(x,\theta )}}`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{_r(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l𝒢(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_r(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{C^{}(x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l𝒢(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{C(x,\theta )}}),(\theta ),𝒢(\theta )C^k(T_{odd}^{}_{min}),`$ (13.33)
$`\mathrm{\Delta }^{min}(\theta )={\displaystyle d^Dx\left[\frac{_l}{𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )}\frac{}{𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )}\frac{_l}{C(x,\theta )}\frac{}{C^{}(x,\theta )}\right]}.`$ (13.34)
Therefore, HS (13.31) is solvable and $`S_{[1]}(\theta )`$ appears by its integral. Superfunction $`S_{ext}(\theta )`$

$`S_{ext}(\theta )=S_{[1]}(\theta )+{\displaystyle }d^Dx\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )B(x,\theta )`$ (13.35)
is the solution for master equation (5.2) in $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$ and its consequence of the type (4.33) with corresponding antibracket and operator $`\mathrm{\Delta }^{ext}(\theta )`$

$`((\theta ),𝒢(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{ext})}=((\theta ),𝒢(\theta ))_\theta ^{(\mathrm{\Gamma }_{min})}+{\displaystyle }d^Dx({\displaystyle \frac{(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{\overline{C}(x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{𝒢(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )}}+`$
$`{\displaystyle \frac{(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{B(x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{𝒢(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{B^{}(x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_r(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l𝒢(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{\overline{C}(x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_r(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{B^{}(x,\theta )}}{\displaystyle \frac{_l𝒢(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ))}{B(x,\theta )}}),`$ (13.36)
$`\mathrm{\Delta }^{ext}(\theta )=\mathrm{\Delta }^{min}(\theta )+{\displaystyle d^Dx\left[\frac{_l}{\overline{C}(x,\theta )}\frac{}{\overline{C}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )}+\frac{_l}{B(x,\theta )}\frac{}{B^{}(x,\theta )}\right]}.`$ (13.36b)
$`S_{ext}(\theta )`$ can be chosen as the solution for analogous quantum equations (6.2), (6.9). This superfunction satisfies to BV similar equation (6.11) as well so that the difference between the forms of the mentioned generating equations (for GSQM and for direct superfield generalization of the BV master equation) is not essential in that example.

To construct the $`S_{ext}^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )`$ let us perform the linear phase AT (9.1) with gauge fermion being quadratic with respect to superfields according to general formulae (9.17), (9.33)

$`\mathrm{\Psi }(𝒜^\mu (\theta ),\overline{C}(\theta ),B(\theta ))={\displaystyle d^Dx\overline{C}(x,\theta )\left[_\mu n^\mu {}_{\nu }{}^{}𝒜_{}^{\nu }(x,\theta )+\frac{\alpha _0}{2}B(x,\theta )\right]},`$ (13.37)
with arbitrary matrix $`n^\mu {}_{\nu }{}^{}`$ not depending upon $`𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )`$. Corresponding $`S_{ext}^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )`$ has the form

$`S_{ext}^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )=S_{ext}(\theta )+{\displaystyle d^Dx\left[B(x,\theta )_\mu n^\mu {}_{\nu }{}^{}𝒜_{}^{\nu }(x,\theta )+\frac{\alpha _0}{2}B^2(x,\theta )_\mu \overline{C}(x,\theta )n^\mu {}_{\nu }{}^{}_{}^{\nu }C(x,\theta )\right]}.`$ (13.38)
Let us write the only physical interesting generating functional of Green’s functions for free massless vector superfield in the form (10.2a) with help of the last expression

$`Z_0^{(2)}(𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta ),𝒥_\mu ^{}(\theta ),𝒥_C^{}(\theta ),𝒥_{\overline{C}}^{}(\theta ),𝒥_B^{}(\theta ))={\displaystyle }d𝒜(\theta )dC(\theta )d\overline{C}(\theta )dB(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}(S_{ext}^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )+`$
$`{\displaystyle }d^Dx[𝒥_\mu ^{}𝒜^\mu +𝒥_C^{}C+𝒥_{\overline{C}}^{}\overline{C}+𝒥_B^{}B](x,\theta ))\},`$ (13.39)
with following table of gradings for supersources

$`\begin{array}{cccccc}& 𝒥_\nu ^{}(x,\theta )& 𝒥_C^{}(x,\theta )& 𝒥_{\overline{C}}^{}(x,\theta )& 𝒥_B^{}(x,\theta )& \\ \mathrm{gh}\hfill & 0& 1& 1& 0& \\ \epsilon _P\hfill & 0& 1& 1& 0& \\ \epsilon _\mathrm{\Pi }\hfill & 0& 0& 0& 0& \\ \epsilon \hfill & 0& 1& 1& 0& .\hfill \end{array}`$ (13.45)
$`Z_0^{(2)}(\theta )`$ (13.39) is the FI of Gaussian superfunction $`S_{ext}^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta )`$ and is explicitly calculated according to formula (10.6). Let us calculate this FI in the so-called Lorentz gauge corresponding to $`n^\mu {}_{\nu }{}^{}=\delta ^\mu _\nu `$, $`\alpha _0=1`$

$`Z_0^{(2)}(𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta ),𝒥_\mu ^{}(\theta ),𝒥_C^{}(\theta ),𝒥_{\overline{C}}^{}(\theta ),𝒥_B^{}(\theta ))=\mathrm{det}\mathrm{}^1\mathrm{}\delta (xy)\mathrm{det}^{\frac{1}{2}}\mathrm{}^1\eta _{\mu \nu }\mathrm{}\delta (xy)`$
$`\times \mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{2\mathrm{}}}𝒥_{B}^{}{}_{}{}^{2}(\theta )\right\}\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}}𝒥_{\overline{C}}^{}(\theta )Sc(\theta )𝒥_C^{}(\theta )\right\}\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{2\mathrm{}}}𝒥_\mu ^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Delta }^{\mu \nu }(\theta )𝒥_\nu ^{}(\theta )\right\},`$ (13.46)
$`𝒥_{\overline{C}}^{}(\theta )Sc(\theta )𝒥^{}(\theta )={\displaystyle d^Dxd^Dy𝒥_{\overline{C}}^{}(x,\theta )Sc(x,y,\theta )𝒥_C^{}(y,\theta )},𝒥_{B}^{}{}_{}{}^{2}(\theta )={\displaystyle d^Dx𝒥_{B}^{}{}_{}{}^{2}(x,\theta )},`$
$`𝒥_\mu ^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Delta }^{\mu \nu }(\theta )𝒥_\nu ^{}(\theta )={\displaystyle d^Dxd^Dy𝒥_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )\mathrm{\Delta }^{\mu \nu }(x,y,\theta )𝒥_\nu ^{}(y,\theta )},`$ (13.41)
$`Sc(x,y,\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{d^Dp}{(2\pi )^D}\frac{e^{ıp(xy)}}{p^2+ı\epsilon }},\mathrm{\Delta }^{\mu \nu }(x,y,\theta )={\displaystyle \frac{d^Dp}{(2\pi )^D}\frac{e^{ıp(xy)}}{p^2+ı\epsilon }\eta _{\mu \nu }},\epsilon +0.`$ (13.41c)
Considering all functional determinants in (13.41a) as the normalization constants usually one does not write them in (13.41a). The superfunctions $`Sc(x,y,\theta )=Sc(xy)`$, $`\mathrm{\Delta }^{\mu \nu }(x,y,\theta )=\mathrm{\Delta }^{\mu \nu }(xy)`$ (13.41c) are the Green’s functions in Feynman representation for ghost superfields $`C(x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{C}(x,\theta )`$ and for massless vector superfields $`𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )`$ (for $`D=4`$ $`\mathrm{\Delta }^{\mu \nu }(x,y,\theta )`$ is the Green’s function for free electromagnetic superfield in Lorentz gauge).

Corresponding to Theorem 7 invariance transformations for $`Z_0^{(2)}(\theta )`$ are based on the type (9.22) system having the form in this case

$`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(x,\theta )=^\mu C(x,\theta ),\stackrel{}{C}(x,\theta )=\stackrel{}{B}(x,\theta )=0,\stackrel{}{\overline{C}}(x,\theta )=B(x,\theta ),`$ (13.42a)
$`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{\mu }{}^{}(x,\theta )=(\mathrm{}\eta _{\mu \nu }_\nu _\mu )𝒜^\nu (x,\theta )+^\mu B(x,\theta ),\stackrel{}{C}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )=(^\mu 𝒜_\mu ^{}\mathrm{}\overline{C})(x,\theta ),`$
$`\stackrel{}{\overline{C}}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )=\mathrm{}C(x,\theta ),\stackrel{}{B}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )=(_\mu 𝒜^\mu \alpha _0B)(x,\theta ).`$ (13.42)
The ODE system being used in BV method are obtained from (13.42) by means of vanishing of the right-hand sides in Eqs.(13.42b). Corresponding to Eqs.(13.42) invariance transformations for $`Z_0^{(2)}(\theta )`$ with $`\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$ being by an integral curve for this system have the form

$`\delta 𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=^\mu C(x,\theta )\mu ,\delta C(x,\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=\delta B(x,\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=0,\delta \overline{C}(x,\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=B(x,\theta )\mu ,`$ (13.43a)
$`\delta 𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=\left[^\mu B(\mathrm{}\eta _{\mu \nu }_\nu _\mu )𝒜^\nu \right](x,\theta )\mu ,\delta C^{}(x,\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=(\mathrm{}\overline{C}^\mu 𝒜_\mu ^{})(x,\theta )\mu ,`$
$`\delta \overline{C}{}_{}{}^{}(x,\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}^{}=\mathrm{}C(x,\theta )\mu ,\delta B^{}(x,\theta )_{\stackrel{ˇ}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )}=(\alpha _0B_\mu 𝒜^\mu )(x,\theta )\mu .`$ (13.43)
The superfield BRST transformations being used in BV method for $`\theta =0`$ follow from (13.43) in vanishing of the right-hand sides in the expressions (13.43b).

Ward identity for $`Z_0^{(2)}(\theta )`$ and component formulation are obtained in the obvious way according to Secs.X,XI.

For construction of the generating functional of Green’s functions $`Z_{0m}^{(2)}(\theta )`$ in the case of free massive vector superfield $`𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )`$ theory as the singular nondegenerate ThST described in Lagrangian  and Hamiltonian  formulations for GSTF it is sufficient to fulfill the only 1st step of the procedure from Sec.IV.

As far as the $`\theta `$-superfield Proca model is nongauge one then there are not any gauge transformations and therefore the formulae (13.19), (13.28)–(13.38) are not valid in question. The given ThST formulation is defined by the formulae (13.20)–(13.22) for Hamiltonian formalism and (13.23), (13.24) for Lagrangian one in which it is necessary to replace the superfunctions $`S_H^{(2)}(\theta )`$, $`S_L^{(2)}(\theta )`$, $`S_0(𝒜^\mu (\theta ))`$ onto $`S_{Hm}^{(2)}(\theta )`$, $`S_{Lm}^{(2)}(\theta )`$, $`S_{0m}(\theta )`$ of the form

$`S_{Hm}^{(2)}(\theta )=T\left(𝒜_\mu ^{}(\theta )\right)+S_{0m}\left(𝒜^\mu (\theta )\right),`$ (13.44)
$`S_{Lm}^{(2)}(\theta )=T\left(\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(\theta )\right)S_{0m}\left(𝒜^\mu (\theta )\right),`$ (13.45)
$`S_{0m}\left(𝒜^\mu (\theta )\right)={\displaystyle d^Dx_{0m}^{(2)}(x,\theta )}={\displaystyle d^Dx\left(\frac{1}{4}F_{\mu \nu }F^{\mu \nu }+\frac{m^2}{2}𝒜_\mu 𝒜^\mu \right)(x,\theta )}.`$ (13.46)
The distribution of ghost number values of the form (13.25) remains valid in this case so that the superfunction $`S_{0m}(\theta )`$ = $`𝒮_{0m}(\theta )`$ is the solution for Eq.(4.3b). The restricted GHS (4.5) has the form in question

$`\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{}{}^{\mu }(x,\theta )=0,\stackrel{}{𝒜}{}_{\mu }{}^{}(x,\theta )=((\mathrm{}+m^2)\eta _{\mu \nu }_\mu _\nu )𝒜^\nu (x,\theta ),`$ (13.47a)
$`\mathrm{\Theta }_{m\mu }^H(x,\theta )=\left((\mathrm{}+m^2)\eta _{\mu \nu }_\mu _\nu \right)𝒜^\nu (x,\theta )=0.`$ (13.47b)
In view of the nongauge character of the model it is not required the introduction of the superfields $`C(x,\theta )`$, $`\overline{C}(x,\theta )`$, $`B(x,\theta )`$ and their superantifields. Therefore from the table (13.27) it is necessary to retain the only gradings for $`𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )`$, $`𝒜_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )`$. The remarks for quantization of the model for odd and even values of dimension $`D`$ being used in massless theory remains valid in this case.

To calculate the generating functional of Green’s functions $`Z_{0m}^{(2)}(\theta )`$ for free massive vector superfield in the form (10.2a) not being dependent from the superantifields

$`Z_{0m}^{(2)}(\theta )Z_{0m}^{(2)}\left(𝒥_\mu ^{}(\theta )\right)={\displaystyle 𝑑𝒜(\theta )\mathrm{exp}\left\{\frac{ı}{\mathrm{}}\left(𝒮_{0m}\left(𝒜^\mu (\theta )\right)+d^Dx(𝒥_\mu ^{}𝒜^\mu )(x,\theta )\right)\right\}}`$ (13.48)
with corresponding supersources $`𝒥_\mu ^{}(x,\theta )`$ having the properties as in (13.40) it is sufficient to make use the formula (10.6) for FI of Gaussian superfunction. The final result has the form

$`Z_{0m}^{(2)}\left(𝒥_\mu ^{}(\theta )\right)=\mathrm{det}^{\frac{1}{2}}\mathrm{}^1\left(\eta _{\mu \nu }(\mathrm{}+m^2)_\mu _\nu \right)\delta (xy)\mathrm{exp}\left\{{\displaystyle \frac{ı}{2\mathrm{}}}𝒥_\mu ^{}(\theta )\mathrm{\Delta }_m^{\mu \nu }(\theta )𝒥_\nu ^{}(\theta )\right\},`$
$`\mathrm{\Delta }_m^{\mu \nu }(x,y,\theta )=\mathrm{\Delta }_m^{\mu \nu }(xy)={\displaystyle \frac{d^Dp}{(2\pi )^D}\left(\eta _{\mu \nu }\frac{p_\mu p_\nu }{m^2}\right)\frac{e^{ıp(xy)}}{p^2m^2+ı\epsilon }\eta _{\mu \nu }},\epsilon +0.`$ (13.49)
The functional determinant in (13.49) may be omitted if to consider it as the normalization constant. Superfunction $`\mathrm{\Delta }_m^{\mu \nu }(x,y,\theta )`$ appears by causal Green’s function for massive vector superfield with allowance made for condition $`_\mu 𝒜^\mu (x,\theta )=0`$ . The superfield BRST transformations for the superfunction (13.48) is trivial.

Restriction of the considered quantum superfield models to ordinary ones from gauge fields theory is established by means of involution $``$ or by simple setting $`\theta =0`$ in all relations and quantities of this section taking of Sec.XI and Subsec.XII.1 into account.

## XIV Conclusion

On the basis of GSTF  the direct rules of GSQM for superfield (on $`\theta `$) gauge theories in the Lagrangian (in the usual sense) formalism, i.e. for the GThGT and GThST in terminology of papers  are constructed. To this end the new interpretation for extension of supermanifold $`_{cl}`$ to $`_{min}`$, $`_{(min,\overline{C})}`$, $`_{ext}`$ is proposed together with explicit group-theoretic construction of the ghost number in question.

The procedure for construction of the II class GThGT defined on $`T_{odd}^{}_{min}`$ and next on $`T_{odd}^{}_{ext}`$ starting from the original I class GThGT (GThST) defined on $`T_{odd}_{cl}`$, $`T_{odd}^{}_{cl}`$ is successively formulated in the framework of GSTF and mathematical means developed in Ref. in the form of exact algorithm.

The series of the Existence Theorems in explicit formulation both for the generating equations of GSQM and for the BV similar master equations are formulated. The deformation of the obtained GThGT into the supermanifolds $`T_{odd}(T_{odd}^{}_s)`$, $`s\{min`$, $`(min,\overline{C})`$, $`ext\}`$ in powers of $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\theta )`$ is realized. The crucial role of the HS and HS type systems is demonstrated for superfield interpretation of BRST similar transformations.

The arbitrariness in solutions of above-mentioned generating equations is described by means of operations of GNA and GTA. It was shown the anticanonical transformations and GNA play principal role in the covariant formulation of quantum theory in constructing of the generating functionals of Green’s functions.

The procedure to impose the gauge, being interpreted as a choice of different Lagrangian surfaces on which the Hesse supermatrix of superfunction $`S_H(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$ is nondegenerate, is realized by means of ATs and GNA.

The definition of functional integral of superfunctions in the framework of perturbation theory is introduced for GSQM. With its help the main GSQM object being by superfunction $`Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ is written by means of FI.

The nontrivial properties of that superfunction are studied in details. They contain the new ones. The additional interpretation for Ward identities is obtained as the invariance of $`Z(\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ),𝒥^{}(\theta ))`$ with respect to translation transformation relative to odd time $`\theta `$ on an arbitrary parameter $`\mu {}_{}{}^{1}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{1}^{}(\theta )`$ along integral curve of solvable HS built with respect to quantum gauge fixed action $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\mathrm{\Gamma }(\theta ),\mathrm{})`$. It should be noted the last transformation is the special anticanonical transformation in GSQM with one’s generator $`\mathrm{ad}_{S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})}`$ and unit Berezinian.

For the first time it is introduced in the superfield form the effective action $`𝚪`$$`(\mathrm{\Phi }(\theta ),\mathrm{\Phi }^{}(\theta ))`$ for which the Ward identities repeat the master equations for $`S_H^\mathrm{\Psi }(\theta ,\mathrm{})`$ in GSQM. This fact makes by possible the construction of HS with respect to $`𝚪`$$`(\theta )`$ and obtaining the quantum BRST similar transformations in space parametrized by average supervariables $`\mathrm{\Gamma }^p(\theta )`$. The analogous objects were obtained and considered in fulfilling of BV similar generating equations and for deformed GThGT with respect to $`\stackrel{}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}{}_{}{}^{p}(\theta )`$ as well.

Component formulation of GSQM was proposed. The inclusion of the BV method into GSQM is established. Detailed connection with superfield method of the Lagrangian quantization from Ref. is obtained with simultaneous description of its problem moments. The examples of the GSTF models for free and interacting scalar, spinor superfields and for free massless and massive vector superfields suggested in  have been developed in context of the demonstration of the general rules for quantization constructed in Secs.II-XI.

Acknowledgments: Author is very grateful to Mishchuk B. for discussion of some results of the present paper.

References

1. A.A. Reshetnyak, General Superfield Quantization Method. I. General Superfield Theory of Fields: Lagrangian Formalism, hep-th/0210207.
2. A.A. Reshetnyak, General Superfield Quantization Method. II. General Superfield Theory of Fields: Hamiltonian Formalism, hep-th/0303262.
3. P.M. Lavrov, P.Yu. Moshin and A.A. Reshetnyak, Mod. Phys. Lett. A10 (1995) 2687; JETP Lett. 62 (1995) 780.
4. I.A. Batalin and G.A. Vilkovisky, Phys. Lett. B 102 (1981) 27.
5. C.N. Yang and R. Mills, Phys. Rev. 96 (1954) 191; R. Utiyama, Phys. Rev. 101 (1956) 1597.
6. I.A. Batalin and G.A. Vilkovisky, Phys. Rev. D 28 (1983) 2567.
7. I.A. Batalin and G.A. Vilkovisky, J. Math. Phys. 26 (1985) 172.
8. D.M. Gitman and I.V. Tyutin, Quantization of Fields with Constraints (Springer-Verlag, Berlin and Heidelberg, 1990).
9. A.A. Slavnov, Teor. Mat. Fiz. 22 (1975) 177.